]> git.ipfire.org Git - people/ms/u-boot.git/blame - README
i8042: Handle a duplicate power-on-reset response
[people/ms/u-boot.git] / README
CommitLineData
c609719b 1#
eca3aeb3 2# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
c609719b
WD
3# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
eca3aeb3 5# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
c609719b
WD
6#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
24ee89b9 11This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
e86e5a07
WD
12Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
c609719b
WD
16
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
24ee89b9
WD
18the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
c609719b
WD
20support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
24ee89b9 34Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
c609719b
WD
35"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
24ee89b9 37In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
27af930e 38who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
218ca724 39maintainers.
c609719b 40
adb9d851
RD
41Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
c609719b
WD
46
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
24ee89b9
WD
50In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
0c32565f
PT
52<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
c609719b
WD
56
57
218ca724
WD
58Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
11ccc33f 66any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
218ca724
WD
67available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
d4ee711d 70Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
218ca724
WD
71ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
c609719b
WD
74Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
24ee89b9 78- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
c609719b
WD
79- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
11ccc33f 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
24ee89b9 87- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
c609719b 88- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
24ee89b9 89- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
0d28f34b 90- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
24ee89b9
WD
91
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
c609719b
WD
113
114
93f19cc0
WD
115Versioning:
116===========
117
360d883a
TW
118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124
125Examples:
c0f40859 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
360d883a
TW
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
93f19cc0
WD
129
130
c609719b
WD
131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
8d321b81 134/arch Architecture specific files
6eae68e4
MY
135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
6eb0921a 143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
a9046b9e
WD
144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
8d321b81
PT
146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
8d321b81 148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
8d321b81
PT
149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
92bbd64e 170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
6eae68e4 171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
8d321b81 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
afc1ce82
ML
173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
a47a12be 183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
8d321b81 184 /cpu CPU specific files
8d321b81
PT
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
8d321b81
PT
188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
33c7731b 212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
8d321b81
PT
213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
33c7731b 222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
8d321b81 223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
c609719b 224
c609719b
WD
225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
6d0f6bcf 240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
c609719b
WD
241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
ab584d67 253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
c609719b
WD
254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
ab584d67 258 make TQM823L_defconfig
c609719b 259
11ccc33f 260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
ab584d67 261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
c609719b
WD
262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
75b3c3aa
SG
265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
6b1978f8 273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
75b3c3aa
SG
274
275
db910353
SG
276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
c609719b
WD
345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
7f6c2cbc
WD
356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
c609719b
WD
361The following options need to be configured:
362
2628114e
KP
363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
364
365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
6ccec449
WD
366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
09ea0de0 368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
c609719b
WD
369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
11ccc33f 388 the LCD display every second with
c609719b
WD
389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
cf946c6d
LW
391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
11ccc33f 396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
66ca92a5
WD
397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
5da627a4
WD
399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
66ca92a5
WD
401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
c609719b 403
66ca92a5 404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
66ca92a5 407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
75d1ea7f
WD
408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
6d0f6bcf 410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
75d1ea7f 411
ba56f625
WD
412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
6d0f6bcf 417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
75d1ea7f 418
506f3918
HS
419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
66412c63 424- 85xx CPU Options:
ffd06e02
YS
425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
66412c63
KG
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
8f29084a
KG
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
afa6b551
PK
442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
33eee330
SW
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
74fa22ed
PK
471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
b445bbb4 473 required during NOR boot.
74fa22ed 474
9f074e67
PK
475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
b445bbb4 477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
9f074e67 478
33eee330
SW
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
64501c66
PJ
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
765b0bdb
PJ
488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
64501c66
PJ
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
765b0bdb
PJ
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
b135991a
PJ
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
fb4a2409
AB
504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
aade2004 508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
b445bbb4 509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
aade2004
TY
510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
6cb461b4 512- Generic CPU options:
2a1680e3
YS
513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
6cb461b4
DS
519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
5614e71b
YS
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
34e026f9
YS
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
9ac4ffbd
YS
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
5614e71b
YS
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
34e026f9
YS
563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
5614e71b 572
1b4175d6
PK
573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
690e4258
PK
579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
89ad7be8
PK
588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
4e5b1bd0
YS
592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
6b9e309a
YS
598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
6b1e1254
YS
603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
1d71efbb
YS
608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
028dbb8d
RG
614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
0b953ffc 620- Intel Monahans options:
6d0f6bcf 621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
0b953ffc
MK
622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
6d0f6bcf 627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
cf48eb9a 628
0b953ffc
MK
629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
cf48eb9a 631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
0b953ffc 632 by this value.
cf48eb9a 633
92bbd64e
DS
634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
b67d8816
CR
666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
5356f545
A
672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
c5d4752c 680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
0678587f
SW
681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
b7588e3b 684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
e392b923
IC
685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
686 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
687 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
0678587f
SW
688
689 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
690 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
691 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
692 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
693 set these options unless they apply!
694
207774b2
YS
695 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
696 Generic timer clock source frequency.
697
698 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
699 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
700 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
701 at run time.
702
c616a0df
NM
703 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
704 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
705 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
5902f4ce 706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
b45c48a7 707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
9b4d65f9 708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
c616a0df 709 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
a615d0be 710 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
c616a0df 711
73c38934
SW
712- Tegra SoC options:
713 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
714
715 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
716 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
717 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
718
5da627a4 719- Linux Kernel Interface:
c609719b
WD
720 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
721
722 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
723 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
724 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
725 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
726 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
727 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
728 Linux kernel.
c609719b 729 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
218ca724 730 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
c609719b
WD
731 default environment.
732
5da627a4
WD
733 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
734
b445bbb4 735 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
5da627a4
WD
736 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
737 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
738
fec6d9ee 739 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
f57f70aa
WD
740
741 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
213bf8c8
GVB
742 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
743 concepts).
744
745 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
746 * New libfdt-based support
747 * Adds the "fdt" command
3bb342fc 748 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
213bf8c8 749
b55ae402
MZ
750 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
752 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
753 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
f57f70aa 754 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
c2871f03 755 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
f57f70aa 756
11ccc33f
MZ
757 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
758 addresses
3bb342fc 759
4e253137
KG
760 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
761
762 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
763 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
f57f70aa 764
c654b517
SG
765 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
766
767 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
768 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
769 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
770 the kernel.
771
0267768e
MM
772 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
773
11ccc33f 774 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
0267768e
MM
775 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
776
3887c3fb
HS
777 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
778
779 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
780 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
781 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
782 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
783 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
784 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
785
7eb29398
IG
786 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
787
788 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
789 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
790 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
791 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
792 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
793 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
794 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
795
0b2f4eca
NG
796- vxWorks boot parameters:
797
798 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
9e98b7e3
BM
799 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
800 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
0b2f4eca
NG
801 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
802
0b2f4eca
NG
803 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
804 the defaults discussed just above.
805
2c451f78
A
806- Cache Configuration:
807 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
808 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
809 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
810
93bc2193
A
811- Cache Configuration for ARM:
812 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
813 controller
814 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
815 controller register space
816
6705d81e 817- Serial Ports:
48d0192f 818 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
819
820 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
821
48d0192f 822 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
823
824 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
825
826 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
827
828 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
829 the clock speed of the UARTs.
830
831 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
832
833 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
834 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
835 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
836
d57dee57
KM
837 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
838
839 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
840 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
6705d81e 841
c609719b 842- Console Interface:
43d9616c
WD
843 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
844 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
845 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
846 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
c609719b
WD
847
848 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
849 port routines must be defined elsewhere
850 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
851
852 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
853 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
c53043b7 854 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
c609719b
WD
855 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
856 (default big endian)
857 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
858 rectangle fill
859 (cf. smiLynxEM)
860 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
861 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
862 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
863 (cols=pitch)
ba56f625
WD
864 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
865 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
c609719b
WD
866 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
867 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
ba56f625 868 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
c609719b
WD
869 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
870 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
871 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
872 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
873 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
874 (i.e. i8042_getc)
c609719b
WD
875 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
876 upper left corner
a6c7ad2f
WD
877 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
878 linux_logo.h for logo.
879 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
c609719b 880 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
11ccc33f 881 additional board info beside
c609719b
WD
882 the logo
883
33a35bbb
PR
884 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
885 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
886 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
887
43d9616c
WD
888 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
889 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
890 environment 'console=serial'.
c609719b 891
d4ca31c4
WD
892 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
893 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
894 the "silent" environment variable. See
895 doc/README.silent for more information.
a3ad8e26 896
45ae2546
HS
897 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
898 is 0x00.
899 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
900 is 0xa0.
901
c609719b
WD
902- Console Baudrate:
903 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
904 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
905 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
906 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
c609719b 907
c92fac91
HS
908- Console Rx buffer length
909 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
910 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
2b3f12c2 911 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
c92fac91
HS
912 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
913 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
914 the SMC.
915
9558b48a 916- Pre-Console Buffer:
4cf2609b
WD
917 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
918 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
919 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
920 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
921 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
922 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
923 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
6feff899 924 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
4cf2609b
WD
925 earlier bytes are discarded.
926
a8552c7c
HG
927 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
928 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
929
4cf2609b
WD
930 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
931 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
9558b48a 932
046a37bd
SR
933- Safe printf() functions
934 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
935 the printf() functions. These are defined in
936 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
937 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
938 If this option is not given then these functions will
939 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
940 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
941
c609719b
WD
942- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
943 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
944 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
93d7212f
JH
945 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
946 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
c609719b
WD
947
948 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
949 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
950 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
951 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
952 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
953 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
954 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
955 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
c609719b
WD
956 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
957 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
958
959- Autoboot Command:
960 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
961 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
962 define a command string that is automatically executed
963 when no character is read on the console interface
964 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
965
966 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
43d9616c
WD
967 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
968 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
969 environment value "bootargs".
c609719b
WD
970
971 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
43d9616c
WD
972 The value of these goes into the environment as
973 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
974 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
11ccc33f 975 RAM and NFS.
c609719b 976
eda0ba38
HS
977- Bootcount:
978 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
979 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
980 cycle, see:
981 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
982
983 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
984 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
985 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
986 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
987 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
988 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
989 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
990 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
991 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
992
c609719b
WD
993- Pre-Boot Commands:
994 CONFIG_PREBOOT
995
996 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
997 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
998 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
999 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1000 entering interactive mode.
1001
1002 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1003 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1004 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1005 modified when the user holds down a certain
1006 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1007 booting the systems
1008
1009- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1010 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1011 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1012 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1013 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1014 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1015 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1016 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1017
602ad3b3 1018- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
c609719b
WD
1019 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1020 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf 1021 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
c609719b
WD
1022
1023- Monitor Functions:
602ad3b3
JL
1024 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1025 from the build by using the #include files
c6c621bd 1026 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
ef0f2f57 1027 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
602ad3b3
JL
1028
1029 The default command configuration includes all commands
1030 except those marked below with a "*".
1031
b401b73d 1032 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
602ad3b3 1033 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1034 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1035 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1036 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1037 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1038 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
d2b2ffe3 1039 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
602ad3b3 1040 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
08d0d6f3 1041 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
602ad3b3 1042 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
710b9938 1043 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
602ad3b3
JL
1044 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1045 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1046 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
a7c93104
PT
1047 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1048 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1049 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1050 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
602ad3b3
JL
1051 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1052 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
246c6922 1053 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1054 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1055 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
5e2b3e0c 1056 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
fffad71b 1057 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
88733e2c 1058 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
0c79cda0 1059 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
03e2ecf6
SW
1060 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1061 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
16f4d933
SW
1062 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1063 that work for multiple fs types
59e890ef 1064 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
bdab39d3 1065 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
602ad3b3 1066 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
03e2ecf6 1067 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
602ad3b3
JL
1068 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1069 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
4d98b5c8 1070 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
53fdc7ef 1071 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
a641b979 1072 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
a000b795 1073 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
bf36c5d5 1074 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
602ad3b3
JL
1075 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1076 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1077 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1078 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
8fdf1e0f 1079 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1080 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
602ad3b3 1081 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
aa53233a 1082 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
0c79cda0 1083 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
c167cc02 1084 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
602ad3b3
JL
1085 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1086 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1087 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1088 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
4d98b5c8 1089 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
d22c338e
JH
1090 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1091 (169.254.*.*)
602ad3b3
JL
1092 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1093 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
4d98b5c8 1094 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
02c9aa1d 1095 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
15a33e49 1096 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
602ad3b3 1097 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
a2681707 1098 loop, loopw
4d98b5c8 1099 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
602ad3b3
JL
1100 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1101 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1102 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
68d7d651 1103 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
602ad3b3
JL
1104 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1105 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
4d98b5c8 1106 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
e92739d3 1107 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
c0f40859 1108 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
602ad3b3
JL
1109 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1110 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1111 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1112 host
1113 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
ff048ea9 1114 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
602ad3b3
JL
1115 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1116 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
d304931f 1117 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
602ad3b3
JL
1118 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1119 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1120 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1121 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1122 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1123 (4xx only)
f61ec45e 1124 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1125 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
02c9aa1d 1126 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
7d861d95 1127 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
74de7aef 1128 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
602ad3b3 1129 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
7a83af07 1130 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1fb7cd49 1131 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
da83bcd7
JH
1132 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1133 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
602ad3b3 1134 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
602ad3b3 1135 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
c8339f51 1136 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
4d98b5c8 1137 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
89c8230d 1138 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
c609719b
WD
1139
1140 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1141 support you can write:
1142
602ad3b3
JL
1143 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1144 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
c609719b 1145
213bf8c8
GVB
1146 Other Commands:
1147 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
c609719b
WD
1148
1149 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
602ad3b3 1150 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
43d9616c
WD
1151 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1152 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1153 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1154 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1155 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1156 initial stack and some data.
c609719b
WD
1157
1158
1159 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1160
a5ecbe62
WD
1161- Regular expression support:
1162 CONFIG_REGEX
93e14596
WD
1163 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1164 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1165 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1166 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
a5ecbe62 1167
45ba8077
SG
1168- Device tree:
1169 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1170 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1171 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1172 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1173 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1174 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1175
2c0f79e4
SG
1176 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1177 be done using one of the two options below:
bbb0b128
SG
1178
1179 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1180 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1181 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1182 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1183 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1184 the global data structure as gd->blob.
45ba8077 1185
2c0f79e4
SG
1186 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1187 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1188 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1189 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1190
1191 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1192
1193 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1194 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1195 still use the individual files if you need something more
1196 exotic.
1197
c609719b
WD
1198- Watchdog:
1199 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1200 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
6abe6fb6
DZ
1201 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1202 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1203 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1204 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1205 available, then no further board specific code should
1206 be needed to use it.
1207
1208 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1209 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1210 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1211 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
c609719b 1212
7bae0d6f
HS
1213 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1214 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1215
c1551ea8
SR
1216- U-Boot Version:
1217 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1218 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1219 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1220 version as printed by the "version" command.
a1ea8e51
BT
1221 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1222 next reset.
c1551ea8 1223
c609719b
WD
1224- Real-Time Clock:
1225
602ad3b3 1226 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
c609719b
WD
1227 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1228 following options:
1229
1230 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1231 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
4e8b7544 1232 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
c609719b 1233 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1cb8e980 1234 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
c609719b 1235 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
7f70e853 1236 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
412921d2 1237 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
3bac3513 1238 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
9536dfcc 1239 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
4c0d4c3b 1240 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
6d0f6bcf 1241 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
71d19f30
HS
1242 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1243 RV3029 RTC.
c609719b 1244
b37c7e5e
WD
1245 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1246 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1247
e92739d3
PT
1248- GPIO Support:
1249 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
e92739d3 1250
5dec49ca
CP
1251 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1252 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1253 pins supported by a particular chip.
1254
e92739d3
PT
1255 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1256 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1257
aa53233a
SG
1258- I/O tracing:
1259 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1260 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1261 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1262 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1263 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1264 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1265 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1266 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1267
1268 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1269 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1270 still continue to operate.
1271
1272 iotrace is enabled
1273 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1274 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1275 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1276 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1277 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1278 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1279
c609719b
WD
1280- Timestamp Support:
1281
43d9616c
WD
1282 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1283 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1284 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
602ad3b3 1285 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
c609719b 1286
923c46f9
KP
1287- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1288 Zero or more of the following:
1289 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1290 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1291 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1292 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1293 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1294 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1295 disk/part_efi.c
1296 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
c609719b 1297
218ca724
WD
1298 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1299 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
923c46f9 1300 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
c609719b
WD
1301
1302- IDE Reset method:
4d13cbad
WD
1303 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1304 board configurations files but used nowhere!
c609719b 1305
4d13cbad
WD
1306 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1307 be performed by calling the function
1308 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1309 which has to be defined in a board specific file
c609719b
WD
1310
1311- ATAPI Support:
1312 CONFIG_ATAPI
1313
1314 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1315
c40b2956
WD
1316- LBA48 Support
1317 CONFIG_LBA48
1318
1319 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
4b142feb 1320 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
c40b2956
WD
1321 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1322 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1323
6d0f6bcf 1324 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
c40b2956
WD
1325 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1326 Default is 32bit.
1327
c609719b
WD
1328- SCSI Support:
1329 At the moment only there is only support for the
1330 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1331 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1332
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1333 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1334 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1335 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
c609719b
WD
1336 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1337 devices.
6d0f6bcf 1338 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
c609719b 1339
93e14596
WD
1340 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1341 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
447c031b 1342
c609719b 1343- NETWORK Support (PCI):
682011ff 1344 CONFIG_E1000
ce5207e1
KM
1345 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1346
1347 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1348 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1349 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1350 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1351
1352 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1353 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1354 example with the "sspi" command.
1355
1356 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1357 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1358 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
53cf9435 1359
c609719b
WD
1360 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1361 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
11ccc33f 1362 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
c609719b
WD
1363 write routine for first time initialisation.
1364
1365 CONFIG_TULIP
1366 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1367 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1368 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1369
1370 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1371 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1372
1373 CONFIG_NS8382X
1374 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1375
45219c46
WD
1376- NETWORK Support (other):
1377
c041e9d2
JS
1378 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1379 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1380
1381 CONFIG_RMII
1382 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1383
1384 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1385 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1386 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1387
efdd7319
RH
1388 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1389 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1390
3bb46d23 1391 CONFIG_LAN91C96
45219c46
WD
1392 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1393
1394 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1395 Define this to hold the physical address
1396 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1397
1398 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1399 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1400
3bb46d23 1401 CONFIG_SMC91111
f39748ae
WD
1402 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1403
1404 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1405 Define this to hold the physical address
1406 of the device (I/O space)
1407
1408 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1409 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1410
1411 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1412 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1413 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1414
dc02bada
HS
1415 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1416 Support for davinci emac
1417
1418 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1419 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1420
b3dbf4a5
ML
1421 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1422 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1423
1424 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1425 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1426 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1427 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1428 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1429 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1430 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1431 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1432
c2fff331 1433 CONFIG_SMC911X
557b377d
JG
1434 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1435
c2fff331 1436 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
557b377d
JG
1437 Define this to hold the physical address
1438 of the device (I/O space)
1439
c2fff331 1440 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
557b377d
JG
1441 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1442
c2fff331 1443 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
557b377d
JG
1444 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1445 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
c2fff331 1446 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
557b377d 1447
3d0075fa
YS
1448 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1449 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1450
1451 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1452 Define the number of ports to be used
1453
1454 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1455 Define the ETH PHY's address
1456
68260aab
YS
1457 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1458 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1459
b2f97cf2
HS
1460- PWM Support:
1461 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1462 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1463
5e124724 1464- TPM Support:
90899cc0
CC
1465 CONFIG_TPM
1466 Support TPM devices.
1467
0766ad2f
CR
1468 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1469 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1b393db5
TWHT
1470 per system is supported at this time.
1471
1b393db5
TWHT
1472 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1473 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1474
c01939c7
DE
1475 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1476 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1477
90899cc0 1478 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
5e124724
VB
1479 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1480 per system is supported at this time.
1481
1482 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1483 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1484 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1485 0xfed40000.
1486
be6c1529
RP
1487 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1488 Add tpm monitor functions.
1489 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1490 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1491
1492 CONFIG_TPM
1493 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1494 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1495 Requires support for a TPM device.
1496
1497 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1498 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1499 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1500
c609719b
WD
1501- USB Support:
1502 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
4d13cbad 1503 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
c609719b
WD
1504 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1505 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
30d56fae 1506 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
c609719b
WD
1507 storage devices.
1508 Note:
1509 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1510 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
4d13cbad
WD
1511 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1512 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1513 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
307ecb6d
EM
1514 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1515 for USB on PSC3
4d13cbad
WD
1516 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1517 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1518 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
307ecb6d
EM
1519 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1520 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
6d0f6bcf 1521 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
fdcfaa1b
ZW
1522 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1523 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
4d13cbad 1524
9ab4ce22
SG
1525 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1526 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1527
6e9e0626
OT
1528 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1529 HW module registers.
1530
16c8d5e7
WD
1531- USB Device:
1532 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1533 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1534 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
11ccc33f 1535 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
16c8d5e7
WD
1536 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1537 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
386eda02 1538 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
16c8d5e7
WD
1539 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1540 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1541 a Linux host by
1542 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1543 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1544 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1545 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
386eda02 1546
16c8d5e7
WD
1547 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1548 Define this to build a UDC device
1549
1550 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1551 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1552 talk to the UDC device
386eda02 1553
f9da0f89
VK
1554 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1555 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1556 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1557 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1558 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1559 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1560 speed.
1561
6d0f6bcf 1562 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
16c8d5e7
WD
1563 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1564 be set to usbtty.
1565
1566 mpc8xx:
6d0f6bcf 1567 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1568 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
6d0f6bcf 1569 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
386eda02 1570
6d0f6bcf 1571 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1572 Derive USB clock from brgclk
6d0f6bcf 1573 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
16c8d5e7 1574
386eda02 1575 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
16c8d5e7 1576 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
386eda02 1577 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
16c8d5e7
WD
1578 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1579 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1580 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1581
1582 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1583 Define this string as the name of your company for
1584 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
386eda02 1585
16c8d5e7
WD
1586 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1587 Define this string as the name of your product
1588 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1589
1590 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1591 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1592 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1593 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1594 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
386eda02 1595
16c8d5e7
WD
1596 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1597 Define this as the unique Product ID
1598 for your device
1599 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
4d13cbad 1600
d70a560f
IG
1601- ULPI Layer Support:
1602 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1603 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1604 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1605 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1606 viewport is supported.
1607 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1608 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
6d365ea0
LS
1609 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1610 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1611 the appropriate value in Hz.
c609719b 1612
71f95118 1613- MMC Support:
8bde7f77
WD
1614 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1615 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1616 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
71f95118 1617 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
602ad3b3
JL
1618 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1619 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
71f95118 1620
afb35666
YS
1621 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1622 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1623
1624 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1625 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1626
1627 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1628 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1629
1fd93c6e
PA
1630 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1631 Enable the generic MMC driver
1632
1633 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1634 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1635
1636 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1637 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1638 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1639
b3ba6e94 1640- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
01acd6ab 1641 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
b3ba6e94
TR
1642 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1643
1644 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1645 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1646 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1647 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1648 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1649
1650 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1651 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1652
c6631764
PA
1653 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1654 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1655
a9479f04
AM
1656 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1657 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1658 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1659 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1660 one that would help mostly the developer.
1661
e7e75c70
HS
1662 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1663 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1664 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1665 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1666 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1667
ea2453d5
PA
1668 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1669 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1670 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1671 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1672 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1673 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1674
001a8319
HS
1675 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1676 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1677 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1678 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1679
1680 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1681 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1682 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1683 sending again an USB request to the device.
1684
3aab70af 1685- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
17da3c0c
PK
1686 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1687 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1688
3aab70af
SS
1689 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1690 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1691 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1692 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1693 used on Android devices.
1694 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1695
1696 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1697 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1698 image format header.
1699
a588d99a 1700 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
3aab70af
SS
1701 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1702 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1703 downloaded images.
1704
a588d99a 1705 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
3aab70af
SS
1706 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1707 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1708 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
d1b5ed07
SR
1709
1710 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1711 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1712 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1713 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1714
1715 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1716 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1717 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1718 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
3aab70af 1719
0ff7e585
SR
1720 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1721 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1722 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1723 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1724 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1725 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1726 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1727 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1728
6705d81e
WD
1729- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1730 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1731 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1732 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1733
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1734 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1735 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
6705d81e
WD
1736 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1737
6d0f6bcf 1738 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
6705d81e
WD
1739 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1740 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1741
1742 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
6d0f6bcf 1743 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
6705d81e
WD
1744 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1745 have not defined a custom partition
1746
c30a15e5
DK
1747- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1748 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
656f4c65
DK
1749
1750 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1751 file in FAT formatted partition.
1752
1753 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1754 user to write files to FAT.
c30a15e5 1755
84cd9327
GB
1756CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1757 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1758
1759 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1760 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1761 and cbfsload.
1762
4f0d1a2a
SDPP
1763- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1764 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1765
1766 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1767 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1768
c609719b 1769- Keyboard Support:
c609719b
WD
1770 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1771 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1772 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1773 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1774 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1775
1776- Video support:
1777 CONFIG_VIDEO
1778
1779 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1780 video).
1781
1782 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1783
1784 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1785
1786 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
b79a11cc 1787 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
eeb1b77b
WD
1788 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1789 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1790 assumed.
1791
b79a11cc 1792 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
11ccc33f 1793 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
eeb1b77b
WD
1794 are possible:
1795 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
6e592385 1796 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
eeb1b77b
WD
1797
1798 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1799 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1800 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1801 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1802 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1803 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1804 -------------+---------------------------------------------
c609719b
WD
1805 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1806
b79a11cc 1807 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
7817cb20 1808 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
eeb1b77b
WD
1809
1810
c1551ea8 1811 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
43d9616c 1812 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
a6c7ad2f
WD
1813 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1814 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1815
7d3053fb 1816 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
04e5ae79 1817 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
7d3053fb
TT
1818 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1819 support, and should also define these other macros:
1820
1821 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1822 CONFIG_VIDEO
1823 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1824 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1825 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1826 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1827 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1828 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1829
ba8e76bd
TT
1830 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1831 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1832 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1833 description of this variable.
7d3053fb 1834
058d59b0 1835
682011ff 1836- Keyboard Support:
8bde7f77 1837 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
682011ff 1838
8bde7f77
WD
1839 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1840 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1841 defined in your board-specific files.
1842 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
a6c7ad2f 1843
c609719b
WD
1844- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1845
1846 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1847 display); also select one of the supported displays
1848 by defining one of these:
1849
39cf4804
SP
1850 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1851
1852 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1853
fd3103bb 1854 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
c609719b 1855
fd3103bb 1856 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
c609719b 1857
fd3103bb 1858 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
c609719b 1859
fd3103bb
WD
1860 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1861 Active, color, single scan.
1862
1863 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1864
1865 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
c609719b
WD
1866 Active, color, single scan.
1867
1868 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1869
1870 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1871 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1872
1873 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1874
1875 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1876 Active, color, single scan.
1877
1878 CONFIG_HLD1045
1879
1880 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1881 Active, color, single scan.
1882
1883 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1884
1885 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1886 or
1887 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1888 or
1889 Hitachi SP14Q002
1890
1891 320x240. Black & white.
1892
1893 Normally display is black on white background; define
6d0f6bcf 1894 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
c609719b 1895
676d319e
SG
1896 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1897
b445bbb4 1898 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
676d319e
SG
1899 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1900 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1901 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1902 a per-section basis.
1903
0d89efef
SG
1904 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1905
1906 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1907 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1908 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1909 is slow.
676d319e 1910
604c7d4a
HP
1911 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1912
1913 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1914 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1915 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1916 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1917 printed out.
1918 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1919 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1920 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1921 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1922 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1923 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1924 1 = 90 degree rotation
1925 2 = 180 degree rotation
1926 3 = 270 degree rotation
1927
1928 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1929 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1930
45d7f525
TWHT
1931 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1932
1933 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1934
735987c5
TWHT
1935 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1936
1937 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1938 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1939
7152b1d0 1940- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
d791b1dc 1941
8bde7f77
WD
1942 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1943 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1944 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
e94d2cd9 1945 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
8bde7f77
WD
1946 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1947 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1948 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1949 loaded very quickly after power-on.
d791b1dc 1950
c0880485
NK
1951 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1952
1953 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1954 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1551df35 1955 (see README.displaying-bmps).
c0880485
NK
1956 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1957 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1958 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1959 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1960 there is no need to set this option.
1961
1ca298ce
MW
1962 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1963
1964 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1965 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1966 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1967 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1968 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1969 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1970
1971 Example:
1972 setenv splashpos m,m
1973 => image at center of screen
1974
1975 setenv splashpos 30,20
1976 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1977
1978 setenv splashpos -10,m
1979 => vertically centered image
1980 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1981
98f4a3df
SR
1982- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1983
1984 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1985 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1986 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1987
d5011762
AG
1988- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1989
1990 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1991 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1992 bmp command.
1993
b445bbb4 1994- Do compressing for memory range:
f2b96dfb
LW
1995 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1996
1997 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1998 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1999
c29fdfc1 2000- Compression support:
8ef70478
KC
2001 CONFIG_GZIP
2002
2003 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2004
c29fdfc1
WD
2005 CONFIG_BZIP2
2006
2007 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2008 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2009 compressed images are supported.
2010
42d1f039 2011 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
6d0f6bcf 2012 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
42d1f039 2013 be at least 4MB.
d791b1dc 2014
fc9c1727
LCM
2015 CONFIG_LZMA
2016
2017 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2018 images is included.
2019
2020 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2021 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2022 formula:
2023
2024 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2025
2026 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2027 and Literal pos bits.
2028
2029 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2030 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2031 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2032 a very small buffer.
2033
2034 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2035 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
6d0f6bcf 2036 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
fc9c1727 2037
8ef70478
KC
2038 CONFIG_LZO
2039
2040 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2041 is included.
2042
17ea1177
WD
2043- MII/PHY support:
2044 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2045
2046 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2047
2048 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2049
2050 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2051
2052 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2053
2054 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
11ccc33f 2055 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
17ea1177
WD
2056
2057 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2058
2059 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2060 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2061 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2062 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2063
2064 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2065
2066 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2067 command issued before MII status register can be read
2068
c609719b
WD
2069- IP address:
2070 CONFIG_IPADDR
2071
2072 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
11ccc33f 2073 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
c609719b 2074 determined through e.g. bootp.
1ebcd654 2075 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
c609719b
WD
2076
2077- Server IP address:
2078 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2079
11ccc33f 2080 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
c609719b 2081 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1ebcd654 2082 (Environment variable "serverip")
c609719b 2083
97cfe861
RG
2084 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2085
2086 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2087 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2088
1ebcd654
WD
2089- Gateway IP address:
2090 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2091
2092 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2093 default router where packets to other networks are
2094 sent to.
2095 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2096
2097- Subnet mask:
2098 CONFIG_NETMASK
2099
2100 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2101 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2102 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2103 forwarded through a router.
2104 (Environment variable "netmask")
2105
53a5c424
DU
2106- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2107 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2108
2109 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2110 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
11ccc33f 2111 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
53a5c424
DU
2112 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2113 multicast group.
2114
c609719b
WD
2115- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2116 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2117
2118 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2119 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2120 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2121 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2122 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2123 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2124 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2125 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
6c33c785 2126 following delays are inserted then:
c609719b
WD
2127
2128 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2129 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2130 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2131 4th and following
2132 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2133
92ac8acc
TR
2134 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2135
2136 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2137 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2138 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2139 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2140 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2141 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2142 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2143 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2144 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2145 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2146 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2147 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2148 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2149 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2150 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2151
fe389a82 2152- DHCP Advanced Options:
1fe80d79
JL
2153 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2154 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
2155
2156 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2157 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2158 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2159 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2160 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2161 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2162 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2163 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2164 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2165 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2166 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2167 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
2c00e099 2168 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
fe389a82 2169
5d110f0a
WC
2170 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2171 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
fe389a82 2172
2c00e099
JH
2173 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2174 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2175 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2176 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2177 is not available.
2178
fe389a82
SR
2179 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2180 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2181 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2182 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2183 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2184 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2185 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1fe80d79 2186 is defined.
fe389a82
SR
2187
2188 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2189 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2190 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
5d110f0a 2191 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1fe80d79
JL
2192 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2193 option 12 to the DHCP server.
fe389a82 2194
d9a2f416
AV
2195 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2196
2197 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2198 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2199 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2200 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2201 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2202 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2203 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2204 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2205 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2206 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2207 this delay.
2208
d22c338e
JH
2209 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2210 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2211 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2212 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2213 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2214
2215 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2216
a3d991bd 2217 - CDP Options:
6e592385 2218 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
a3d991bd
WD
2219
2220 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2221
2222 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2223
2224 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2225 of the device.
2226
2227 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2228
2229 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2230 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
11ccc33f 2231 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
a3d991bd
WD
2232
2233 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2234
2235 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2236 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2237
2238 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2239
2240 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2241
2242 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2243
2244 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2245
2246 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2247
2248 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2249
2250 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2251
2252 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2253 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2254
2255 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2256
2257 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2258
c609719b
WD
2259- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2260
2261 Several configurations allow to display the current
2262 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2263 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2264 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2265 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2266 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2267 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2268 feature in U-Boot.
2269
1df7bbba
IG
2270 Additional options:
2271
2272 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2273 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2274 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2275 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2276 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2277
9dfdcdfe
IG
2278 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2279 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2280 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2281 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2282 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2283 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2284
c609719b
WD
2285- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2286
2287 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2288 on those systems that support this (optional)
2289 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2290
3f4978c7
HS
2291- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2292
2293 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2294 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2295 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2296 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2297 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2298 interface.
2299
2300 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
ea818dbb
HS
2301 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2302 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2303 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2304 for defining speed and slave address
2305 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2306 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2307 for defining speed and slave address
2308 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2309 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2310 for defining speed and slave address
2311 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2312 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2313 for defining speed and slave address
3f4978c7 2314
00f792e0
HS
2315 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2316 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2317 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2318 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2320 bus.
93e14596 2321 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
00f792e0
HS
2322 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2323 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2324 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2325 second bus.
2326
1f2ba722 2327 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
10cee516
NI
2328 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2329 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2330 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1f2ba722 2331
880540de
DE
2332 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2333 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2334 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2335 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2336
fac96408 2337 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2338 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
03544c66
AA
2339 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2340 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2341 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2342 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
fac96408 2343 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2344 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2345 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2346 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2347 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2348 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
03544c66
AA
2349 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2350 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
b445bbb4 2351 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
fac96408 2352 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2353
1086bfa9
NI
2354 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2355 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2356 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2357
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2359 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2360 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2361 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2362 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2363 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2364 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2365 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2366 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2367
2035d77d
NI
2368 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2369 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2370 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2371
2372 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2383 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
b445bbb4 2384 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2035d77d 2385
6789e84e
HS
2386 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2387 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2388 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2398
0bdffe71
HS
2399 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2400 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2401 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2402 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2403
e717fc6d
NKC
2404 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2405 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2406 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2407 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2408 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2409
b46226bd
DE
2410 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2411 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
071be896
DE
2424 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
b46226bd 2433
3f4978c7
HS
2434 additional defines:
2435
2436 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
b445bbb4 2437 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
3f4978c7
HS
2438 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2439 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2440 omit this define.
2441
2442 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2443 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2444 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2445 omit this define.
2446
2447 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2448 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2449 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2450 define.
2451
2452 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
b445bbb4 2453 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
3f4978c7
HS
2454 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2455 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2456 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2457
2458 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2459 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2460 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2461 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2462 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2463 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2464 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2465 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2466 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2467 }
2468
2469 which defines
2470 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2471 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2472 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2473 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2474 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2475 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
3f4978c7 2476 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2477 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2478 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
3f4978c7
HS
2479
2480 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2481
ea818dbb 2482- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
3f4978c7
HS
2483
2484 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2485 provides the following compelling advantages:
2486
2487 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2488 - approved multibus support
2489 - better i2c mux support
2490
2491 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2492
ea818dbb
HS
2493 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2494 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2495 for the selected CPU.
c609719b 2496
945af8d7 2497 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
602ad3b3 2498 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
b37c7e5e
WD
2499 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2500 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
43d9616c 2501 command line interface.
c609719b 2502
bb99ad6d 2503 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
b37c7e5e 2504
945af8d7 2505 There are several other quantities that must also be
ea818dbb 2506 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2507
6d0f6bcf 2508 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
945af8d7 2509 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
6d0f6bcf 2510 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
11ccc33f 2511 the CPU's i2c node address).
945af8d7 2512
8d321b81 2513 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
a47a12be 2514 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
8d321b81
PT
2515 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2516 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2517 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
c609719b 2518
5da71efa
EM
2519 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2520
2521 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2522 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2523 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2524 commands until the slave device responds.
2525
945af8d7 2526 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2527
ea818dbb 2528 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
b37c7e5e
WD
2529 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2530 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
c609719b
WD
2531
2532 I2C_INIT
2533
b37c7e5e 2534 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
43d9616c 2535 controller or configure ports.
c609719b 2536
ba56f625 2537 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
b37c7e5e 2538
c609719b
WD
2539 I2C_PORT
2540
43d9616c
WD
2541 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2542 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2543 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
c609719b
WD
2544
2545 I2C_ACTIVE
2546
2547 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2548 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2549 define can be null.
2550
b37c7e5e
WD
2551 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2552
c609719b
WD
2553 I2C_TRISTATE
2554
2555 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2556 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2557 define can be null.
2558
b37c7e5e
WD
2559 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2560
c609719b
WD
2561 I2C_READ
2562
472d5460
YS
2563 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2564 false if it is low.
c609719b 2565
b37c7e5e
WD
2566 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2567
c609719b
WD
2568 I2C_SDA(bit)
2569
472d5460
YS
2570 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2571 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2572
b37c7e5e 2573 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2535d602 2574 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
ba56f625 2575 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
b37c7e5e 2576
c609719b
WD
2577 I2C_SCL(bit)
2578
472d5460
YS
2579 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2580 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2581
b37c7e5e 2582 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2535d602 2583 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
ba56f625 2584 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
b37c7e5e 2585
c609719b
WD
2586 I2C_DELAY
2587
2588 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2589 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
b37c7e5e 2590 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
945af8d7
WD
2591 like:
2592
b37c7e5e 2593 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
c609719b 2594
793b5726
MF
2595 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2596
2597 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2598 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2599 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2600 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2601
2602 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2603 the generic GPIO functions.
2604
6d0f6bcf 2605 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
47cd00fa 2606
8bde7f77
WD
2607 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2608 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2609 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2610 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2611 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2612 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2613 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2614 is run early in the boot sequence.
47cd00fa 2615
26a33504
RR
2616 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2617
2618 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2619 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2620 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2621 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2622 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2623 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2624 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2625 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2626
17ea1177
WD
2627 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2628
2629 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2630 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2631 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2632
bb99ad6d
BW
2633 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2634
2635 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
c0f40859
WD
2636 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2637 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
bb99ad6d
BW
2638 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2639
6d0f6bcf 2640 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
bb99ad6d
BW
2641
2642 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
c0f40859 2643 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
0f89c54b
PT
2644 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2645 a 1D array of device addresses
bb99ad6d
BW
2646
2647 e.g.
2648 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
c0f40859 2649 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
bb99ad6d
BW
2650
2651 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2652
c0f40859 2653 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
6d0f6bcf 2654 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
bb99ad6d
BW
2655
2656 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2657
6d0f6bcf 2658 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
be5e6181
TT
2659
2660 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2661 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2662
6d0f6bcf 2663 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2664
2665 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2666 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2667
6d0f6bcf 2668 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2669
2670 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2671 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2672
6d0f6bcf 2673 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
9ebbb54f
VG
2674
2675 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2676 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2677 specified DTT device.
2678
2ac6985a
AD
2679 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2680
2681 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2682 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2683 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2684 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2685 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2686 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2687 the other.
be5e6181 2688
c609719b
WD
2689- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2690
2691 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2692 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2693 D/As on the SACSng board)
2694
6639562e
YS
2695 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2696
2697 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2698 only SH7757 is supported.
2699
c609719b
WD
2700 CONFIG_SPI_X
2701
2702 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2703 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2704
2705 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2706
43d9616c
WD
2707 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2708 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2709 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2710 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2711 defined, the board configuration must define several
2712 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2713 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
c609719b 2714
04a9e118
BW
2715 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2716
2717 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2718 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2719 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
c0f40859 2720 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
04a9e118
BW
2721 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2722
38254f45
GL
2723 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2724
2725 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2e3cd1cd 2726 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
38254f45 2727
f659b573
HS
2728 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2729 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2730 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2731
0133502e 2732- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
c609719b 2733
0133502e
MF
2734 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2735
2736 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2737
2738 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2739 (ALTERA, XILINX)
c609719b 2740
0133502e 2741 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
c609719b 2742
0133502e
MF
2743 Enables support for FPGA family.
2744 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2745
2746 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2747
2748 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
c609719b 2749
64e809af
SDPP
2750 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2751
2752 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2753
67193864
MS
2754 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2755
2756 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2757
2758 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2759
2760 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2761 (Xilinx only)
2762
6d0f6bcf 2763 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
c609719b 2764
8bde7f77 2765 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
c609719b 2766
6d0f6bcf 2767 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
c609719b 2768
43d9616c
WD
2769 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2770 status by the configuration function. This option
2771 will require a board or device specific function to
2772 be written.
c609719b
WD
2773
2774 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2775
2776 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2777 configuration driver.
2778
6d0f6bcf 2779 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
c609719b
WD
2780 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2781
6d0f6bcf 2782 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
c609719b 2783
43d9616c
WD
2784 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2785 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2786 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2787 indicated a CRC error).
c609719b 2788
6d0f6bcf 2789 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
c609719b 2790
b445bbb4
JM
2791 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2792 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
43d9616c 2793 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
11ccc33f 2794 ms.
c609719b 2795
6d0f6bcf 2796 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
c609719b 2797
b445bbb4 2798 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
11ccc33f 2799 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
c609719b 2800
6d0f6bcf 2801 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
c609719b 2802
43d9616c 2803 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
11ccc33f 2804 200 ms.
c609719b
WD
2805
2806- Configuration Management:
b2b8a696
SR
2807 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2808
2809 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2810 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2811 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2812 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2813 make / MAKEALL.
2814
c609719b
WD
2815 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2816
43d9616c
WD
2817 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2818 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
c609719b
WD
2819
2820- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2821
43d9616c
WD
2822 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2823 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
7152b1d0 2824 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
43d9616c
WD
2825 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2826 protects these variables from casual modification by
2827 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2828 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
11ccc33f 2829 change this behaviour:
c609719b
WD
2830
2831 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2832 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
47cd00fa 2833 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
c609719b
WD
2834 these parameters.
2835
92ac5208
JH
2836 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2837 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
11ccc33f 2838 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
c609719b
WD
2839 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2840 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2841 read-only.]
2842
2598090b
JH
2843 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2844 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2845 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2846 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2847
c609719b
WD
2848- Protected RAM:
2849 CONFIG_PRAM
2850
2851 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2852 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2853 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2854 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2855 this default value by defining an environment
2856 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2857 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2858 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2859 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2860 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2861 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2862 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2863
fe126d8b 2864 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
c609719b
WD
2865 saveenv
2866
2867 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2868 either, which results in a memory region that will
2869 not be affected by reboots.
2870
2871 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2872 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2873 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2874 following board configurations are known to be
2875 "pRAM-clean":
2876
1b0757ec
WD
2877 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2878 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
544d97e9 2879 FLAGADM, TQM8260
c609719b 2880
40fef049
GB
2881- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2882 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2883 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2884 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2885 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2886 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2887 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2888
c609719b
WD
2889- Error Recovery:
2890 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2891
2892 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2893 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2894 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
11ccc33f 2895 system where you want the system to reboot
c609719b
WD
2896 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2897 useful during development since you can try to debug
2898 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2899
2900 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2901
43d9616c
WD
2902 This variable defines the number of retries for
2903 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2904 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2905 default value of 5 is used.
c609719b 2906
40cb90ee
GL
2907 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2908
2909 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2910
48a3e999
TK
2911 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2912
2913 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2914 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2915 try longer timeout such as
2916 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2917
c609719b 2918- Command Interpreter:
8078f1a5 2919 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
04a85b3b
WD
2920
2921 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2922
6d0f6bcf 2923 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
c609719b
WD
2924
2925 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2926 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2927 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2928
2929 Note:
2930
8bde7f77
WD
2931 In the current implementation, the local variables
2932 space and global environment variables space are
2933 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2934 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2935 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2936 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2937 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
c609719b 2938
43d9616c
WD
2939 Global environment variables are those you use
2940 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2941 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2942 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
c609719b
WD
2943
2944 To store commands and special characters in a
2945 variable, please use double quotation marks
2946 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2947 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2948 symbols.
2949
b445bbb4 2950- Command Line Editing and History:
aa0c71ac
WD
2951 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2952
11ccc33f 2953 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
b445bbb4 2954 command line input operations
aa0c71ac 2955
a8c7c708 2956- Default Environment:
c609719b
WD
2957 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2958
43d9616c
WD
2959 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2960 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
7152b1d0 2961 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2262cfee 2962
43d9616c
WD
2963 For example, place something like this in your
2964 board's config file:
c609719b
WD
2965
2966 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2967 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2968 "myvar2=value2\0"
2969
43d9616c
WD
2970 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2971 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2972 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2973 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
7152b1d0 2974 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
c609719b
WD
2975 You better know what you are doing here.
2976
43d9616c
WD
2977 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2978 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
74de7aef 2979 the environment like the "source" command or the
43d9616c 2980 boot command first.
c609719b 2981
5e724ca2
SW
2982 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2983
2984 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2985 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2986 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2987
2988 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2989
2990 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2991 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2992 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2993 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2994 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2995
7e27f89f
TR
2996 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2997
2998 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2999 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3000 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3001
06fd8538
SG
3002 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3003
3004 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
b445bbb4 3005 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
06fd8538
SG
3006 that so that the environment is not available until
3007 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3008 this is instead controlled by the value of
3009 /config/load-environment.
3010
3b10cf12
CP
3011- Parallel Flash support:
3012 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3013
3014 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3015 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3016 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3017 parallel flash.
3018
3019 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3020 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3021 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3022 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3023
a8c7c708 3024- DataFlash Support:
2abbe075
WD
3025 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3026
8bde7f77
WD
3027 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3028 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3029 commands cp, md...
2abbe075 3030
f61ec45e
EN
3031- Serial Flash support
3032 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3033
3034 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3035 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3036
3037 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3038 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3039 commands.
3040
3041 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3042 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3043 flash is present on the system.
3044
3045 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3046 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3047 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3048 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3049
24007273
SG
3050 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3051
3052 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3053 test ('sf test').
3054
b902e07c
JT
3055 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3056
3057 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3058 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
b445bbb4 3059 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
b902e07c 3060
3f85ce27
WD
3061- SystemACE Support:
3062 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3063
3064 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3065 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
11ccc33f 3066 of the chip must also be defined in the
6d0f6bcf 3067 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
3f85ce27
WD
3068
3069 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
6d0f6bcf 3070 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
3f85ce27
WD
3071
3072 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3073 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3074
ecb0ccd9
WD
3075- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3076 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3077
28cb9375 3078 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
ecb0ccd9 3079 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
28cb9375 3080 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
ecb0ccd9
WD
3081 number generator is used.
3082
28cb9375
WD
3083 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3084 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3085 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3086
3087 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
ecb0ccd9
WD
3088 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3089 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3090 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3091 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3092 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3093 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3094
bf36c5d5
SG
3095- Hashing support:
3096 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3097
3098 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3099 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3100
3101 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3102
3103 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3104 size a little.
3105
94e3c8c4 3106 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3107 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3108 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3109 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3110 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3111 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3112 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3113 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3114 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3115 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3116 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3117 is performed in hardware.
bf36c5d5
SG
3118
3119 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3120 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3121
a11f1873
RW
3122- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3123 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3124 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3125 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3126
3127 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3128 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3129 a boot from specific media.
3130
3131 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3132 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3133 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3134 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3135 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3136
19c402af
SG
3137- Signing support:
3138 CONFIG_RSA
3139
3140 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
8bf2aad7 3141 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
19c402af 3142
c937ff6d
RG
3143 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3144 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3145 library to function.
3146
19c402af 3147 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
c937ff6d
RG
3148 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3149 mkimage irrespective of this option.
19c402af 3150
9e50c406
HS
3151- bootcount support:
3152 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3153
3154 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3155 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3156
3157 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3158 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3159 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3160 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3161 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3162 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3163 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3164 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3165 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3166 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3167 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3168 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3169 the bootcounter.
3170 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
19c402af 3171
a8c7c708 3172- Show boot progress:
c609719b
WD
3173 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3174
43d9616c
WD
3175 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3176 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3177 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3178 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3179 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3180 the following checkpoints are implemented:
c609719b 3181
94fd1316 3182
1372cce2
MB
3183Legacy uImage format:
3184
c609719b
WD
3185 Arg Where When
3186 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
ba56f625 3187 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
c609719b 3188 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
ba56f625 3189 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
c609719b 3190 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
ba56f625 3191 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
c609719b
WD
3192 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3193 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3194 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
1372cce2 3195 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
c609719b
WD
3196 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3197 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3198 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3199 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
1372cce2 3200 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
c609719b 3201 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
1372cce2
MB
3202
3203 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3204 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3205 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3206 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3207 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3208 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3209 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
11ccc33f 3210 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
1372cce2
MB
3211 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3212 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3213
c0f40859 3214 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
c609719b 3215
a47a12be 3216 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
11dadd54
WD
3217 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3218 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
63e73c9a 3219
566a494f
HS
3220 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3221 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3222 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3223 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3224 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3225 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3226 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3227 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3228 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3229 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3230 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3231 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3232 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3233 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3234 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3235 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3236 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3237 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3238 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3239 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3240 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3241 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3242 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3243 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3244 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3245 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3246 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3247 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3248 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3249 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3250 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3251 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3252 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3253 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3254 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3255 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3256 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3257 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3258 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3259 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3260 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3261 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3262 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3263 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3264 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3265 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3266 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3267
3268 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3269
11ccc33f 3270 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
566a494f
HS
3271 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3272 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3273
3274 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
bc0571fc
JH
3275 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3276 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3277 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
566a494f
HS
3278 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3279 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
74de7aef
WD
3280 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3281 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
566a494f 3282 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
c609719b 3283
1372cce2
MB
3284FIT uImage format:
3285
3286 Arg Where When
3287 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3288 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3289 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3290 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3291 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3292 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
f773bea8 3293 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
1372cce2
MB
3294 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3295 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3296 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3297 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3298 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
11ccc33f
MZ
3299 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3300 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
1372cce2
MB
3301 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3302 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3303 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3304 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3305 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3306 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3307 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3308 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3309
3310 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3311 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3312 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
11ccc33f 3313 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
1372cce2
MB
3314 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3315 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3316 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3317 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3318 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3319 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3320 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3321 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3322 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3323 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3324 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3325 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3326
11ccc33f 3327 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3328 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3329
11ccc33f 3330 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3331 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3332
11ccc33f 3333 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3334 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3335
21d29f7f
HS
3336- legacy image format:
3337 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3338 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3339
3340 Default:
3341 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3342
3343 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3344 disable the legacy image format
3345
3346 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3347 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3348
d95f6ec7
GB
3349- FIT image support:
3350 CONFIG_FIT
3351 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3352
3353 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3354 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3355 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3356 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3357 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3358 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3359
3e569a6b
SG
3360 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3361 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
94e3c8c4 3362 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3363 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3364 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3365 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3e569a6b 3366
21d29f7f
HS
3367 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3368 signature check the legacy image format is default
3369 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3370 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3371
9a4f479b
DE
3372 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3373 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3374 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3375 with this option.
3376
4cf2609b
WD
3377- Standalone program support:
3378 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3379
6feff899
WD
3380 This option defines a board specific value for the
3381 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3382 overwriting the architecture dependent default
4cf2609b
WD
3383 settings.
3384
3385- Frame Buffer Address:
3386 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3387
3388 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
44a53b57
WD
3389 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3390 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3391 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3392 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3393 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3394 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3395 configured panel size.
4cf2609b
WD
3396
3397 Please see board_init_f function.
3398
cccfc2ab
DZ
3399- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3400 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3401 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3402 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3403
3404 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3405 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3406
3407- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3408 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3409
3410 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3411 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3412
3413 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3414
3415 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3416 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3417
70c219cd
JH
3418- UBI support
3419 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3420
3421 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3422 with the UBI flash translation layer
3423
3424 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3425
147162da
JH
3426 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3427
3428 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3429 warnings and errors enabled.
3430
ff94bc40
HS
3431
3432 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3433 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3434 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3435 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3436 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3437 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3438
3439 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3440 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3441 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3442 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3443 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3444
3445 default: 4096
c654b517 3446
ff94bc40
HS
3447 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3448 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3449 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3450 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3451 flash), this value is ignored.
3452
3453 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3454 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3455 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3456 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3457 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3458 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3459
3460 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3461 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3462 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3463 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3464 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3465 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3466 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3467 partition.
3468
3469 default: 20
3470
3471 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3472 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3473 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3474 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3475 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3476 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3477 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3478 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3479 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3480 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3481 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3482 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3483
3484 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3485 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3486 without a fastmap.
3487 default: 0
3488
0195a7bb
HS
3489 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3490 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3491 default: 0
3492
70c219cd
JH
3493- UBIFS support
3494 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3495
3496 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3497 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3498
3499 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3500
147162da
JH
3501 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3502
3503 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3504 warnings and errors enabled.
3505
6a11cf48 3506- SPL framework
04e5ae79
WD
3507 CONFIG_SPL
3508 Enable building of SPL globally.
6a11cf48 3509
95579793
TR
3510 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3511 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3512
6ebc3461
AA
3513 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3514 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3515 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3516 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3517 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3518 must not be both defined at the same time.
3519
95579793 3520 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3521 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3522 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3523 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3524 not exceed it.
95579793 3525
04e5ae79
WD
3526 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3527 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
6a11cf48 3528
94a45bb1
SW
3529 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3530 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3531 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3532
95579793
TR
3533 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3534 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3535
3536 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3537 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3538 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3539 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3540 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461 3541 must not be both defined at the same time.
95579793
TR
3542
3543 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3544 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3545
8c80eb3b
AA
3546 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3547 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3548 loaded does not have a signature.
3549 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3550 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3551 will be caught.
3552 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3553 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3554 and thus should be skipped silently.
3555
94a45bb1
SW
3556 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3557 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3558 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3559 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3560
95579793
TR
3561 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3562 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
9ac4fc82
FE
3563 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3564 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3565 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
95579793
TR
3566
3567 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3568 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
6a11cf48 3569
47f7bcae
TR
3570 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3571 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3572 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3573 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3574
9607faf2
TR
3575 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3576 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3577 See also: doc/README.falcon
3578
861a86f4
TR
3579 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3580 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3581 about the running system.
3582
4b919725
SW
3583 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3584 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3585
04e5ae79
WD
3586 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3587 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3588
04e5ae79
WD
3589 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3590 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3591
04e5ae79
WD
3592 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3593 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3594
04e5ae79
WD
3595 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3596 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3597
04e5ae79
WD
3598 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3599 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3600
95579793
TR
3601 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3602 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
e2ccdf89 3603 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
95579793
TR
3604 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3605
b97300b6
PK
3606 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3607 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3608 used in raw mode
3609
2b75b0ad
PK
3610 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3611 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3612 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3613
3614 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3615 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3616 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3617 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3618 (for falcon mode)
3619
e2ccdf89
PK
3620 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3621 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3622 used in fs mode
3623
95579793
TR
3624 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3625 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3626
fae81c72
GG
3627 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3628 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
95579793 3629
fae81c72
GG
3630 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3631 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3632
3633 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
7ad2cc79 3634 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
fae81c72 3635 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3636
fae81c72 3637 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
7ad2cc79 3638 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
fae81c72 3639 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3640
06f60ae3
SW
3641 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3642 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3643 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3644 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3645 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3646
651fcf60
PK
3647 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3648 Avoid SPL relocation
3649
6f2f01b9
SW
3650 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3651 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3652 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3653
3654 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3655 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3656
3657 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3658 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3659
95579793 3660 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
7d4b7955
SW
3661 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3662 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
95579793 3663
6dd3b566
TR
3664 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3665 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3666 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3667
0c3117b1
HS
3668 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3669 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3670 if you need to save space.
3671
bb0dc108
YZ
3672 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3673 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
5614e71b 3674 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
bb0dc108 3675
7c8eea59
YZ
3676 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3677 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3678 SPL binary.
3679
95579793
TR
3680 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3681 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3682 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3683 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3684 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3685 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
7d4b7955 3686 to read U-Boot
95579793 3687
fbe76ae4
PK
3688 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3689 Add support NAND boot
3690
95579793 3691 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
7d4b7955
SW
3692 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3693
3694 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3695 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3696
3697 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3698 Size of image to load
95579793
TR
3699
3700 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
7d4b7955 3701 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
95579793
TR
3702
3703 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3704 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
b445bbb4 3705 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
95579793
TR
3706
3707 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3708 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3709 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3710
04e5ae79
WD
3711 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3712 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3713
04e5ae79
WD
3714 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3715 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3716
04e5ae79
WD
3717 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3718 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
c57b953d
PM
3719
3720 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3721 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3722
04e5ae79
WD
3723 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3724 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
1372cce2 3725
ba1bee43
YZ
3726 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3727 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3728
3729 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3730 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3731 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3732 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3733
74752baa 3734 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
6113d3f2
BT
3735 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3736 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3737 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3738 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3739 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
74752baa 3740
ca2fca22
SW
3741 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3742 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3743 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3744 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3745
87ebee39
SG
3746 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3747 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3748 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3749 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3750 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3751
3aa29de0
YZ
3752- TPL framework
3753 CONFIG_TPL
3754 Enable building of TPL globally.
3755
3756 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3757 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3758 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
93e14596
WD
3759 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3760 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3761 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3aa29de0 3762
c609719b
WD
3763Modem Support:
3764--------------
3765
566e5cf4 3766[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
c609719b 3767
11ccc33f 3768- Modem support enable:
c609719b
WD
3769 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3770
3771- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3772 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3773
3774- Modem debug support:
3775 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3776
43d9616c
WD
3777 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3778 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
c609719b 3779
a8c7c708
WD
3780- Interrupt support (PPC):
3781
d4ca31c4
WD
3782 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3783 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
11ccc33f 3784 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
d4ca31c4 3785 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
11ccc33f 3786 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
d4ca31c4 3787 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
11ccc33f 3788 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
d4ca31c4
WD
3789 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3790 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3791 general timer_interrupt().
a8c7c708 3792
c609719b
WD
3793- General:
3794
43d9616c
WD
3795 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3796 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3797 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
11ccc33f 3798 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
43d9616c
WD
3799 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3800 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3801 initialization.
c609719b 3802
43d9616c
WD
3803 If there are no modem init strings in the
3804 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3805 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
11ccc33f 3806 suppressed, though.
c609719b
WD
3807
3808 See also: doc/README.Modem
3809
9660e442
HR
3810Board initialization settings:
3811------------------------------
3812
3813During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3814to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3815before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3816following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3817architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3818typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3819
3820- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3821- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3822- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3823- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
c609719b 3824
c609719b
WD
3825Configuration Settings:
3826-----------------------
3827
4d1fd7f1
YS
3828- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3829 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3830
6d0f6bcf 3831- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
c609719b
WD
3832 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3833
2fb2604d
PT
3834- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3835 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3836
6d0f6bcf 3837- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
c609719b
WD
3838 prompt for user input.
3839
6d0f6bcf 3840- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
c609719b 3841
6d0f6bcf 3842- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
c609719b 3843
6d0f6bcf 3844- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
c609719b 3845
6d0f6bcf 3846- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
c609719b
WD
3847 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3848 booted
3849
6d0f6bcf 3850- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
c609719b
WD
3851 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3852
6d0f6bcf 3853- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
8bde7f77 3854 Suppress display of console information at boot.
c609719b 3855
6d0f6bcf 3856- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
8bde7f77
WD
3857 If the board specific function
3858 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3859 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
c609719b
WD
3860 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3861
6d0f6bcf 3862- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
8bde7f77 3863 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
c609719b 3864
6d0f6bcf 3865- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
c609719b
WD
3866 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3867
6d0f6bcf 3868- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
c609719b
WD
3869 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3870 simple memory test.
3871
6d0f6bcf 3872- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
8bde7f77 3873 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
c609719b 3874
6d0f6bcf 3875- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
5f535fe1
WD
3876 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3877 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3878
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
3879- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3880 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
14f73ca6 3881 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
11ccc33f 3882 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
14f73ca6
SR
3883 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3884 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3885 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
5e12e75d 3886 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
14f73ca6 3887 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
5e12e75d 3888 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
14f73ca6
SR
3889
3890 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3891 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3892 be touched.
3893
3894 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3895 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3896 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3897 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3898 problems.
3899
6d0f6bcf 3900- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
c609719b
WD
3901 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3902
6d0f6bcf 3903- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3904 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3905
6d0f6bcf 3906- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3907 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3908 Cogent motherboard)
3909
6d0f6bcf 3910- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3911 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3912
6d0f6bcf 3913- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3914 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3915 make config files to be same as the text base address
14d0a02a 3916 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
6d0f6bcf 3917 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
c609719b 3918
6d0f6bcf 3919- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
8bde7f77
WD
3920 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3921 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3922 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3923 flash sector.
c609719b 3924
6d0f6bcf 3925- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
c609719b
WD
3926 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3927
d59476b6
SG
3928- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3929 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3930 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3931 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3932 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3933 space.
3934
3935 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3936 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3937 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
b445bbb4 3938 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
d59476b6
SG
3939 U-Boot relocates itself.
3940
e7b14e9a 3941 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
29afe9e6
SG
3942 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3943
38687ae6
SG
3944- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3945 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3946 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3947 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3948
1dfdd9ba
TR
3949- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3950 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3951 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3952 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3953 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3954 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3955 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3956 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3957 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3958 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3959 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3960 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3961 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3962 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3963 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3964 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3965
3966 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3967
6d0f6bcf 3968- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
15940c9a
SR
3969 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3970 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
6d0f6bcf 3971 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
15940c9a
SR
3972 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3973
6d0f6bcf 3974- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
c609719b
WD
3975 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3976 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
7d721e34
BS
3977 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3978 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
1bce2aeb 3979 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
7d721e34 3980 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
c0f40859 3981 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
c3624e6e
GL
3982 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3983 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3984 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
c609719b 3985
fca43cc8
JR
3986- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3987 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3988 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3989 is enabled.
3990
3991- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3992 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3993 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3994
3995- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3996 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3997 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3998
6d0f6bcf 3999- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
c609719b
WD
4000 Max number of Flash memory banks
4001
6d0f6bcf 4002- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
c609719b
WD
4003 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4004
6d0f6bcf 4005- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4006 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4007
6d0f6bcf 4008- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4009 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4010
6d0f6bcf 4011- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4012 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4013
6d0f6bcf 4014- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4015 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4016
6d0f6bcf 4017- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
8564acf9
WD
4018 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4019 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4020
6d0f6bcf 4021- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
c609719b
WD
4022
4023 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4024 without this option such a download has to be
4025 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4026 copy from RAM to flash.
4027
4028 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4029 you can check if the download worked before you erase
11ccc33f
MZ
4030 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4031 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
c609719b
WD
4032 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4033
6d0f6bcf 4034- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
43d9616c 4035 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
5653fc33
WD
4036 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4037
00b1883a 4038- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
5653fc33
WD
4039 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4040 in the drivers directory
c609719b 4041
91809ed5
PZ
4042- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4043 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4044 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4045 to the MTD layer.
4046
6d0f6bcf 4047- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
96ef831f
GL
4048 Use buffered writes to flash.
4049
4050- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4051 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4052 write commands.
4053
6d0f6bcf 4054- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
5568e613
SR
4055 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4056 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4057 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4058 optionally available.
4059
9a042e9c
JVB
4060- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4061 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4062 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4063 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4064
352ef3f1
SR
4065- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4066 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4067 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4068 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4069 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4070 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4071 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4072 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4073
6d0f6bcf 4074- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
11ccc33f
MZ
4075 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4076 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
53cf9435
SR
4077 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4078 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
11ccc33f 4079 on high Ethernet traffic.
53cf9435
SR
4080 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4081
ea882baf
WD
4082- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4083
071bc923
WD
4084 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4085 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4086 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4087 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4088 lib/hashtable.c for details.
ea882baf 4089
2598090b
JH
4090- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4091- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
1bce2aeb 4092 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
2598090b
JH
4093 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4094 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4095 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4096
4097 The format of the list is:
4098 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
b445bbb4
JM
4099 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4100 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
2598090b
JH
4101 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4102 list = entry[,list]
4103
4104 The type attributes are:
4105 s - String (default)
4106 d - Decimal
4107 x - Hexadecimal
4108 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4109 i - IP address
4110 m - MAC address
4111
267541f7
JH
4112 The access attributes are:
4113 a - Any (default)
4114 r - Read-only
4115 o - Write-once
4116 c - Change-default
4117
2598090b
JH
4118 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4119 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
b445bbb4 4120 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
2598090b
JH
4121
4122 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4123 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4124 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4125 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4126 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4127 ".flags" variable.
4128
bdf1fe4e
JH
4129 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4130 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4131 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4132
267541f7
JH
4133- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4134 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4135 access flags.
4136
5c1a7ea6
SG
4137- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4138 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4139 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4140 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4141 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4142 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
0a12e687
MY
4143 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4144 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4145 the problem and send patches!
5c1a7ea6 4146
0b1b60c7
LV
4147- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4148 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4149 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
b445bbb4 4150 the value can be calculated on a given board.
632efa74 4151
0d296cc2
GB
4152- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4153 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4154 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4155 building U-Boot to enable this.
4156
c609719b
WD
4157The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4158of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4159following configurations:
4160
c3eb3fe4
MF
4161- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4162
4163 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4164 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4165
5a1aceb0 4166- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
c609719b
WD
4167
4168 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4169
4170 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4171 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4172 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4173 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4174 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4175 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4176 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4177 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4178 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4179 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4180 between U-Boot and the environment.
4181
0e8d1586 4182 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4183
4184 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4185 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4186 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4187 for this sector is given here.
4188
6d0f6bcf 4189 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
c609719b 4190
0e8d1586 4191 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4192
4193 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4194 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
0e8d1586 4195 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
c609719b 4196
0e8d1586 4197 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4198
4199 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4200
4201
4202 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4203 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4204 the environment.
4205
0e8d1586 4206 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4207
5a1aceb0 4208 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
0e8d1586 4209 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
c609719b
WD
4210 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4211 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4212
4213 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4214 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4215 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4216 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4217 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4218 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4219 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4220 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4221 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4222
0e8d1586
JCPV
4223 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4224 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
c609719b 4225
43d9616c 4226 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
11ccc33f 4227 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3e38691e 4228 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
43d9616c 4229 a "saveenv" operation.
c609719b
WD
4230
4231BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4232source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4233accordingly!
4234
4235
9314cee6 4236- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
c609719b
WD
4237
4238 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4239 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4240 environment.
4241
0e8d1586
JCPV
4242 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4243 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4244
11ccc33f 4245 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
c609719b
WD
4246 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4247 can just be read and written to, without any special
4248 provision.
4249
4250BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
b445bbb4 4251in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
11ccc33f 4252console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
c609719b
WD
4253U-Boot will hang.
4254
4255Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4256environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4257keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4258to save the current settings.
4259
4260
bb1f8b4f 4261- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
c609719b
WD
4262
4263 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4264 device and a driver for it.
4265
0e8d1586
JCPV
4266 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4267 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4268
4269 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4270 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4271
6d0f6bcf 4272 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4273 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4274 The default address is zero.
4275
189d257b
CG
4276 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4277 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4278
6d0f6bcf 4279 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
c609719b
WD
4280 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4281 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4282 would require six bits.
4283
6d0f6bcf 4284 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
c609719b 4285 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
ba56f625 4286 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
c609719b 4287
6d0f6bcf 4288 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
c609719b
WD
4289 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4290 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4291
6d0f6bcf 4292 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
5cf91d6b
WD
4293 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4294 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4295 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4296 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4297 byte chips.
4298
4299 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4300 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4301 in the chip address.
4302
6d0f6bcf 4303 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4304 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4305
548738b4
HS
4306 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4307 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4308 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4309
4310 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4311 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4312 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4313 EEPROM. For example:
4314
ea818dbb 4315 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
548738b4
HS
4316
4317 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4318 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
c609719b 4319
057c849c 4320- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
5779d8d9 4321
d4ca31c4 4322 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
5779d8d9
WD
4323 want to use for the environment.
4324
0e8d1586
JCPV
4325 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4326 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4327 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
5779d8d9
WD
4328
4329 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4330 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4331 at the specified address.
4332
bd83b592
WJ
4333- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4334
4335 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4336 want to use for the environment.
4337
4338 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4339 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4340
4341 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4342 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4343 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4344
4345 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4346
4347 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4348
4349 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4350
4351 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4352 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4353 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4354 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4355 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4356
4357 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4358 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4359
4360 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4361
4362 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4363
4364 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4365
4366 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4367
4368 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4369
0a85a9e7
LG
4370- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4371
4372 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4373 want to use for the local device's environment.
4374
4375 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4376 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4377
4378 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4379 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4380 local device can get the environment from remote memory
fc54c7fa 4381 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
0a85a9e7
LG
4382
4383BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4384"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
fc54c7fa
LG
4385environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4386but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
0a85a9e7 4387
51bfee19 4388- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
13a5695b
WD
4389
4390 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4391 for the environment.
4392
0e8d1586
JCPV
4393 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4394 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
13a5695b
WD
4395
4396 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
fdd813de
SW
4397 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4398 aligned to an erase block boundary.
5779d8d9 4399
fdd813de 4400 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
e443c944 4401
0e8d1586 4402 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
fdd813de
SW
4403 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4404 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
c0f40859 4405 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
fdd813de
SW
4406 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4407
4408 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4409
4410 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4411 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4412 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4413 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4414 the range to be avoided.
4415
4416 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4417
4418 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4419 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4420 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4421 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4422 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
e443c944 4423
b74ab737
GL
4424- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4425
4426 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4427 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4428 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4429
2b74433f
JH
4430- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4431
4432 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4433 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4434 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4435
4436 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4437
4438 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4439
4440 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4441
4442 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4443 environment in.
4444
785881f7
JH
4445 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4446
4447 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4448 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4449 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4450
2b74433f
JH
4451 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4452 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4453
4454 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4455 when storing the env in UBI.
4456
d1db76f1
WJ
4457- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4458 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4459
4460 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4461
4462 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4463
4464 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4465
4466 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4467 be as following:
4468
4469 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4470 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4471 partition table.
4472 - "D:0": device D.
4473 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4474 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4475 table.
4476 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
b445bbb4 4477 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
d1db76f1
WJ
4478 partition table then means device D.
4479
4480 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4481
4482 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
b445bbb4 4483 environment.
d1db76f1
WJ
4484
4485 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
b445bbb4 4486 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
d1db76f1 4487
06e4ae5f
SW
4488- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4489
4490 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4491 environment.
4492
4493 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4494
4495 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4496
4497 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4498
4499 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4500 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4501 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4502
4503 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4504 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4505
4506 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4507 area within the specified MMC device.
4508
5c088ee8
SW
4509 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4510 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4511 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4512 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4513 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4514 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4515 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4516
06e4ae5f
SW
4517 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4518 MMC sector boundary.
4519
4520 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4521
4522 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4523 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4524 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4525 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4526
5c088ee8
SW
4527 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4528 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4529
06e4ae5f
SW
4530 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4531 an MMC sector boundary.
4532
4533 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4534
4535 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4536 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4537 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4538
6d0f6bcf 4539- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
c609719b
WD
4540
4541 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4542 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4543 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4544 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4545 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4546 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4547 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4548
e881cb56 4549Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
c609719b 4550has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
cdb74977 4551created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
c609719b
WD
4552until then to read environment variables.
4553
85ec0bcc
WD
4554The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4555is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4556with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4557necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4558"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4559have any device yet where we could complain.]
c609719b
WD
4560
4561Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4562the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
85ec0bcc 4563use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
c609719b 4564
6d0f6bcf 4565- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
42d1f039 4566 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
fc3e2165 4567
6d0f6bcf 4568 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
fc3e2165
WD
4569 also needs to be defined.
4570
6d0f6bcf 4571- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
42d1f039 4572 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
c609719b 4573
f5675aa5
RM
4574- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4575 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4576 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4577 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4578 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4579 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4580
b2b92f53
SG
4581- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4582 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4583 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4584 to do this.
4585
e2e3e2b1
SG
4586- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4587 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4588 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4589 present.
4590
feb85801
SS
4591- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4592 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4593 build system checks that the actual size does not
4594 exceed it.
4595
c609719b 4596Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
dc7c9a1a 4597---------------------------------------------------
c609719b 4598
6d0f6bcf 4599- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4600 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4601
6d0f6bcf 4602- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
c609719b 4603 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
2535d602 4604
42d1f039
WD
4605 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4606 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4607 the IMMR register after a reset.
c609719b 4608
e46fedfe
TT
4609- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4610 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4611 PowerPC SOCs.
4612
4613- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4614 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4615 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4616
4617 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4618 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4619
4620- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4621 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4622 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
c0f40859 4623 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
e46fedfe
TT
4624 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4625 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4626 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4627
4628 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4629 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4630
4631- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4cf2609b
WD
4632 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4633 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
e46fedfe
TT
4634 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4635 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4636
4637- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4638 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4639 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4640 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4641
4642- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4643 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4644 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4645
7f6c2cbc 4646- Floppy Disk Support:
6d0f6bcf 4647 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
7f6c2cbc
WD
4648
4649 the default drive number (default value 0)
4650
6d0f6bcf 4651 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
7f6c2cbc 4652
11ccc33f 4653 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
7f6c2cbc
WD
4654 (default value 1)
4655
6d0f6bcf 4656 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
7f6c2cbc 4657
43d9616c
WD
4658 defines the offset of register from address. It
4659 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
11ccc33f 4660 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
7f6c2cbc 4661
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4662 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4663 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
43d9616c 4664 default value.
7f6c2cbc 4665
6d0f6bcf 4666 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
43d9616c
WD
4667 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4668 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
b445bbb4 4669 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
43d9616c 4670 initializations.
7f6c2cbc 4671
0abddf82
ML
4672- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4673 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4674 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4675 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4676 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4677 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
b445bbb4 4678 is required.
0abddf82 4679
6d0f6bcf 4680- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
efe2a4d5 4681 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
25d6712a 4682 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
c609719b 4683
6d0f6bcf 4684- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
c609719b 4685
7152b1d0 4686 Start address of memory area that can be used for
c609719b
WD
4687 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4688 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4689 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4690 will become available only after programming the
4691 memory controller and running certain initialization
4692 sequences.
4693
4694 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4695 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4696 - MPC824X: data cache
4697 - PPC4xx: data cache
4698
6d0f6bcf 4699- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4700
4701 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4702 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4703 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
c609719b 4704 data is located at the end of the available space
553f0982 4705 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4706 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4707 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4708 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
c609719b
WD
4709
4710 Note:
4711 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4712 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
6d0f6bcf 4713 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
c609719b
WD
4714 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4715 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4716
6d0f6bcf 4717- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
c609719b 4718
6d0f6bcf 4719- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
c609719b 4720
6d0f6bcf 4721- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
c609719b 4722
6d0f6bcf 4723- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
c609719b 4724
6d0f6bcf 4725- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
c609719b 4726
6d0f6bcf 4727- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
c609719b 4728
6d0f6bcf 4729- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
c609719b
WD
4730 SDRAM timing
4731
6d0f6bcf 4732- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
c609719b
WD
4733 periodic timer for refresh
4734
6d0f6bcf 4735- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
c609719b 4736
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4737- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4738 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4739 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4740 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4741 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4742
4743- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4744 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4745 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4746 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4747
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4748- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4749 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
c609719b
WD
4750 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4751 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4752
6d0f6bcf 4753- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4754 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4755 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4756
6d0f6bcf 4757- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
b423d055
HS
4758 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4759 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4760
6d0f6bcf 4761- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4762 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4763 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4764
6d0f6bcf 4765- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
c609719b
WD
4766 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4767 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4768 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4769
6d0f6bcf 4770- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
43d9616c
WD
4771 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4772 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4773 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4774 cpm_8260.h.
ea909b76 4775
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4776- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4777 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4778 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4779 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4780 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4781 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4782 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4783 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
a47a12be 4784 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
5d232d0e 4785
9cacf4fc
DE
4786- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4787 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4788 required.
4789
69fd2d3b 4790- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
b445bbb4 4791 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
69fd2d3b
AS
4792 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4793 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4794 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4795 by coreboot or similar.
4796
842033e6
GJ
4797- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4798 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4799
a09b9b68
KG
4800- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4801 Chip has SRIO or not
4802
4803- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4804 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4805
4806- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4807 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4808
c8b28152
LG
4809- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4810 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4811
a09b9b68
KG
4812- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4813 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4814
4815- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4816 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4817
4818- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4819 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4820
66bd1846
FE
4821- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4822 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4823 a 16 bit bus.
4824 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
a430e916 4825 Example of drivers that use it:
66bd1846 4826 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
a430e916 4827 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
eced4626
AW
4828
4829- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4830 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4831 a default value will be used.
4832
bb99ad6d 4833- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
218ca724
WD
4834 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4835 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4836
bb99ad6d
BW
4837 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4838 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4839
6d0f6bcf 4840- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
218ca724
WD
4841 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4842 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4843 to something your driver can deal with.
bb99ad6d 4844
1b3e3c4f
YS
4845- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4846 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4847 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4848 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4849 header files or board specific files.
4850
6f5e1dc5
YS
4851- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4852 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4853
e32d59a2
YS
4854- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4855 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4856
4516ff81
YS
4857- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4858 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4859
6d0f6bcf 4860- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
218ca724
WD
4861 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4862 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
2ad6b513 4863
c26e454d
WD
4864- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4865 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4866
4867- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4868 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
6e592385
WD
4869 to the given FEC; i. e.
4870 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
c26e454d
WD
4871 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4872
4873 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4874
4875- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4876 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4877 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4878
4879- CONFIG_RMII
4880 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4881 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4882 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4883
5cf91d6b
WD
4884- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4885 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4886 The syntax is:
4887
4888 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4889
4890 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4891 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4892 area should have.
4893
56523f12
WD
4894- CONFIG_LOOPW
4895 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
602ad3b3 4896 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
56523f12 4897
7b466641
SR
4898- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4899 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4900 "md/mw" commands.
4901 Examples:
4902
efe2a4d5 4903 => mdc.b 10 4 500
7b466641
SR
4904 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4905
efe2a4d5 4906 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
7b466641
SR
4907 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4908
efe2a4d5 4909 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
602ad3b3 4910 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
7b466641 4911
8aa1a2d1 4912- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
afc1ce82 4913 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
844f07d8
WD
4914 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4915 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4916 relocate itself into RAM.
4917
4918 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4919 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4920 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4921 these initializations itself.
8aa1a2d1 4922
401bb30b 4923- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
df81238b
ML
4924 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4925 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4926 compiling a NAND SPL.
400558b5 4927
3aa29de0
YZ
4928- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4929 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4930 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4931 It is loaded by the SPL.
4932
5df572f0
YZ
4933- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4934 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4935 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4936 previous 4k of the .text section.
4937
4213fc29
SG
4938- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4939 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4940 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4941 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4942 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4943 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4944 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4945 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4946
d8834a13
MW
4947- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4948 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4949 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4950 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4951 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4952
588a13f7
SG
4953- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4954 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4955 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
b16f521a 4956
fc33705e
MJ
4957- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4958 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4959
4960 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
5b5ece9e 4961
16678eb4
HS
4962- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4963 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4964
999d7d32
KM
4965- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4966 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4967 driver that uses this:
4968 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4969
f2717b47
TT
4970Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4971-----------------------------------
4972
4973The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4974loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4975This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4976are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4977within that device.
4978
dcf1d774
ZQ
4979- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4980 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4981 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4982 is also specified.
4983
4984- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4985 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
f2717b47
TT
4986 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4987 is also specified.
4988
4989- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4990 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4991 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4992 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4993 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4994
4995- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4996 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4997 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4998 virtual address in NOR flash.
4999
5000- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5001 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5002 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5003
5004- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5005 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5006 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5007
5008- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5009 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5010 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5011
292dc6c5
LG
5012- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5013 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5014 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
fc54c7fa
LG
5015 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5016 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5017 master's memory space.
f2717b47 5018
b940ca64
GR
5019Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5020---------------------------------------------------------
5021The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5022"firmware".
5023This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5024are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5025within that device.
5026
5027- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5028 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5029
5030- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5031 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5032 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5033 is also specified.
5034
5035- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5036 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5037 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5038 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5039 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5040
5041- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5042 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5043 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5044 virtual address in NOR flash.
5045
5c055089
PK
5046Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5047-------------------------------------------
5048The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5049"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5050This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5051
5052- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5053 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5054
5055- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5056 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5057
5058- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5059 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5060
f3f431a7
PK
5061Reproducible builds
5062-------------------
5063
5064In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5065process have to be set to a fixed value.
5066
5067This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5068SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5069option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5070
5071SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5072
c609719b
WD
5073Building the Software:
5074======================
5075
218ca724
WD
5076Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5077and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5078all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5079(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5080recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5081which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
c609719b 5082
218ca724
WD
5083If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5084have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5085you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5086Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5087necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
c609719b 5088
218ca724
WD
5089 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5090 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
c609719b 5091
2f8d396b
PT
5092Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5093 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5094 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5095 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5096
5097 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5098
5099 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5100 be executed on computers running Windows.
5101
218ca724
WD
5102U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5103sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
c609719b
WD
5104is done by typing:
5105
ab584d67 5106 make NAME_defconfig
c609719b 5107
ab584d67 5108where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4d675ae6 5109rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
db01a2ea 5110
2729af9d
WD
5111Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5112 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5113 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5114 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
11ccc33f 5115 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
2729af9d 5116
ab584d67 5117 make TQM823L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5118 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
5119
ab584d67 5120 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5121 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
5122
5123 etc.
5124
5125
5126Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5127images ready for download to / installation on your system:
5128
5129- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5130- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5131- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
5132
baf31249
MB
5133By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5134in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5135this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5136
51371. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5138
5139 make O=/tmp/build distclean
ab584d67 5140 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5141 make O=/tmp/build all
5142
adbba996 51432. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
baf31249 5144
adbba996 5145 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
baf31249 5146 make distclean
ab584d67 5147 make NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5148 make all
5149
adbba996 5150Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
baf31249
MB
5151variable.
5152
2729af9d
WD
5153
5154Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5155for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5156native "make".
5157
5158
5159If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5160to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5161steps:
5162
51631. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4d675ae6
MJ
5164 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5165 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
2729af9d
WD
51662. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5167 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5168 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51693. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5170 your board
51713. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5172 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
ab584d67 51734. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
2729af9d
WD
51745. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5175 to be installed on your target system.
51766. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5177 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
5178
5179
5180Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5181==============================================================
5182
218ca724
WD
5183If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5184or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
2729af9d
WD
5185provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5186the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
218ca724 5187official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
2729af9d 5188
218ca724
WD
5189But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5190cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
2729af9d
WD
5191the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5192just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
218ca724
WD
5193for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5194select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5195environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5196you can type
2729af9d
WD
5197
5198 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5199
5200or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
5201
5202 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
5203
218ca724
WD
5204When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5205U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5206setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5207built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5208<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5209location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5210variable. For example:
baf31249
MB
5211
5212 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5213 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5214 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5215
218ca724
WD
5216With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5217log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5218during the whole build process.
baf31249
MB
5219
5220
2729af9d
WD
5221See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
5222
5223
5224Monitor Commands - Overview:
5225============================
5226
5227go - start application at address 'addr'
5228run - run commands in an environment variable
5229bootm - boot application image from memory
5230bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
44f074c7 5231bootz - boot zImage from memory
2729af9d
WD
5232tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5233 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5234 (and eventually "gatewayip")
1fb7cd49 5235tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
2729af9d
WD
5236rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5237diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5238loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5239loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5240md - memory display
5241mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5242nm - memory modify (constant address)
5243mw - memory write (fill)
5244cp - memory copy
5245cmp - memory compare
5246crc32 - checksum calculation
0f89c54b 5247i2c - I2C sub-system
2729af9d
WD
5248sspi - SPI utility commands
5249base - print or set address offset
5250printenv- print environment variables
5251setenv - set environment variables
5252saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5253protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5254erase - erase FLASH memory
5255flinfo - print FLASH memory information
10635afa 5256nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
2729af9d
WD
5257bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5258iminfo - print header information for application image
5259coninfo - print console devices and informations
5260ide - IDE sub-system
5261loop - infinite loop on address range
56523f12 5262loopw - infinite write loop on address range
2729af9d
WD
5263mtest - simple RAM test
5264icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5265dcache - enable or disable data cache
5266reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5267echo - echo args to console
5268version - print monitor version
5269help - print online help
5270? - alias for 'help'
5271
5272
5273Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5274========================================
5275
5276TODO.
5277
5278For now: just type "help <command>".
5279
5280
5281Environment Variables:
5282======================
5283
5284U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5285can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
c609719b 5286
2729af9d
WD
5287Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5288"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5289without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5290environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5291working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5292environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
c609719b 5293
c96f86ee
WD
5294Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5295
5296List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
c609719b 5297
2729af9d 5298 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
c609719b 5299
2729af9d 5300 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
c609719b 5301
2729af9d 5302 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4a6fd34b 5303
2729af9d 5304 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
c609719b 5305
2729af9d 5306 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
c609719b 5307
7d721e34
BS
5308 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5309 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5310 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5311 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5312 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5313 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
c3624e6e
GL
5314 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5315 bootm_mapsize.
5316
c0f40859 5317 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
c3624e6e
GL
5318 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5319 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5320 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5321 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5322 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5323 used otherwise.
7d721e34
BS
5324
5325 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5326 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5327 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5328 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5329 environment variable.
5330
4bae9090
BS
5331 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5332 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5333 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5334
2729af9d
WD
5335 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5336 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5337 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5338 load any image using TFTP
c609719b 5339
2729af9d
WD
5340 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5341 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5342 be automatically started (by internally calling
5343 "bootm")
38b99261 5344
2729af9d
WD
5345 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5346 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5347 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5348 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5349 data.
c609719b 5350
a28afca5
DL
5351 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5352 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
fa34f6b2
SG
5353 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5354 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5355 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5356 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5357 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5358 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5359 access it during the boot procedure.
5360
a28afca5
DL
5361 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5362 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5363 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5364 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5365 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5366 must be accessible by the kernel.
5367
eea63e05
SG
5368 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5369 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5370 defined.
5371
17ea1177
WD
5372 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5373 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5374 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5375 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5376 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5377
2729af9d
WD
5378 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5379 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5380 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5381 is usually what you want since it allows for
5382 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5383 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
6d0f6bcf 5384 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
2729af9d
WD
5385 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5386 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5387 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5388 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
c609719b 5389
2729af9d
WD
5390 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5391 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5392 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5393 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5394 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5395 12 MB as well - this can be done with
c609719b 5396
2729af9d 5397 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
c609719b 5398
2729af9d
WD
5399 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5400 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5401 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5402 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5403 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5404 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5405 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
c609719b 5406
2729af9d 5407 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
c609719b 5408
2729af9d
WD
5409 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5410 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
c609719b 5411
2729af9d 5412 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
a3d991bd 5413
2729af9d 5414 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
a3d991bd 5415
2729af9d 5416 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
a3d991bd 5417
2729af9d 5418 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
a3d991bd 5419
2729af9d 5420 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
c609719b 5421
e2a53458 5422 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
c609719b 5423
e2a53458
MF
5424 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5425 For example you can do the following
c609719b 5426
48690d80
HS
5427 => setenv ethact FEC
5428 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5429 => setenv ethact SCC
5430 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
c609719b 5431
e1692577
MF
5432 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5433 available network interfaces.
5434 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5435
c96f86ee 5436 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
2729af9d
WD
5437 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5438 When set to "once" the network operation will
5439 fail when all the available network interfaces
5440 are tried once without success.
5441 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5442 themselves.
c609719b 5443
b4e2f89d 5444 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
a1cf027a 5445
b445bbb4 5446 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
8d51aacd
SG
5447 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5448 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5449 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5450 is silent.
5451
f5fb7346 5452 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
ecb0ccd9
WD
5453 UDP source port.
5454
f5fb7346 5455 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
28cb9375
WD
5456 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5457
c96f86ee
WD
5458 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5459 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5460
5461 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5462 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5463 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5464 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5465 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5466 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5467 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5468
f5fb7346
AA
5469 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5470 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5471 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5472 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5473 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5474 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5475 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5476
c96f86ee 5477 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
11ccc33f 5478 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
2729af9d 5479 VLAN tagged frames.
c609719b 5480
dc0b7b0e
JH
5481The following image location variables contain the location of images
5482used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5483not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5484variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5485server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5486loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5487flash or offset in NAND flash.
5488
5489*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
aed9fed9 5490boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
dc0b7b0e
JH
5491boards use these variables for other purposes.
5492
c0f40859
WD
5493Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5494----- --------- ----------- --------------
5495u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5496Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5497device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5498ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
dc0b7b0e 5499
2729af9d
WD
5500The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5501updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5502depending the information provided by your boot server:
c609719b 5503
2729af9d
WD
5504 bootfile - see above
5505 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5506 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5507 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5508 hostname - Target hostname
5509 ipaddr - see above
5510 netmask - Subnet Mask
5511 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5512 serverip - see above
c1551ea8 5513
c1551ea8 5514
2729af9d 5515There are two special Environment Variables:
c1551ea8 5516
2729af9d
WD
5517 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5518 as type string and/or serial number
5519 ethaddr - Ethernet address
c609719b 5520
2729af9d
WD
5521These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5522the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5523once they have been set once.
c609719b 5524
f07771cc 5525
2729af9d 5526Further special Environment Variables:
f07771cc 5527
2729af9d
WD
5528 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5529 with the "version" command. This variable is
5530 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
f07771cc 5531
f07771cc 5532
2729af9d
WD
5533Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5534only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
f07771cc 5535
f07771cc 5536
170ab110
JH
5537Callback functions for environment variables:
5538---------------------------------------------
5539
5540For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
b445bbb4 5541when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
170ab110
JH
5542be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5543deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5544effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5545
5546The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5547U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5548
5549These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5550static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5551in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5552associations. The list must be in the following format:
5553
5554 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5555 list = entry[,list]
5556
5557If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5558Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5559
5560Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5561with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5562override any association in the static list. You can define
5563CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
b445bbb4 5564".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
170ab110 5565
bdf1fe4e
JH
5566If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5567regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5568the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5569
170ab110 5570
2729af9d
WD
5571Command Line Parsing:
5572=====================
f07771cc 5573
2729af9d
WD
5574There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5575the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
c609719b 5576
2729af9d
WD
5577Old, simple command line parser:
5578--------------------------------
c609719b 5579
2729af9d
WD
5580- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5581- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
fe126d8b 5582- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
2729af9d
WD
5583- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5584 for example:
fe126d8b 5585 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
2729af9d
WD
5586- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5587 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
c609719b 5588
2729af9d
WD
5589Hush shell:
5590-----------
c609719b 5591
2729af9d
WD
5592- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5593 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5594 until...do...done, ...
5595- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5596 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5597 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5598 command
5599
5600General rules:
5601--------------
c609719b 5602
2729af9d
WD
5603(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5604 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5605 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5606 executed anyway.
c609719b 5607
2729af9d 5608(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
11ccc33f 5609 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
2729af9d
WD
5610 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5611 variables are not executed.
c609719b 5612
2729af9d
WD
5613Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5614=======================================
c609719b 5615
11ccc33f 5616Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
2729af9d
WD
5617such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5618"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
c609719b 5619
2729af9d
WD
5620Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5621MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5622"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
c609719b 5623
2729af9d
WD
5624If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5625in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5626ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5627variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
c609719b 5628
2729af9d
WD
5629o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5630 environment, the SROM's address is used.
c609719b 5631
2729af9d
WD
5632o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5633 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5634 used.
c609719b 5635
2729af9d
WD
5636o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5637 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
c609719b 5638
2729af9d
WD
5639o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5640 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5641 warning is printed.
c609719b 5642
2729af9d 5643o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
bef1014b
JH
5644 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5645 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
c609719b 5646
ecee9324 5647If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
c0f40859 5648will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
ecee9324
BW
5649may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5650The naming convention is as follows:
5651"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
c609719b 5652
2729af9d
WD
5653Image Formats:
5654==============
c609719b 5655
3310c549
MB
5656U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5657images in two formats:
5658
5659New uImage format (FIT)
5660-----------------------
5661
5662Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5663to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5664components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5665SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5666
5667
5668Old uImage format
5669-----------------
5670
5671Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5672preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5673details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
c609719b 5674
2729af9d
WD
5675* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5676 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
f5ed9e39
PT
5677 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5678 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5679 INTEGRITY).
7b64fef3 5680* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
afc1ce82
ML
5681 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5682 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
2729af9d
WD
5683* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5684* Load Address
5685* Entry Point
5686* Image Name
5687* Image Timestamp
c609719b 5688
2729af9d
WD
5689The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5690and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5691CRC32 checksums.
c609719b
WD
5692
5693
2729af9d
WD
5694Linux Support:
5695==============
c609719b 5696
2729af9d
WD
5697Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5698easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5699U-Boot.
c609719b 5700
2729af9d
WD
5701U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5702special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5703"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5704instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5705serves several purposes:
c609719b 5706
2729af9d
WD
5707- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5708 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5709 Flash memory footprint)
c609719b 5710
2729af9d
WD
5711- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5712 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
c609719b 5713
2729af9d
WD
5714- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5715 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5716 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5717 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5718 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5719 software is easier now.
c609719b 5720
c609719b 5721
2729af9d
WD
5722Linux HOWTO:
5723============
c609719b 5724
2729af9d
WD
5725Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5726---------------------------------------
c609719b 5727
2729af9d
WD
5728U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5729configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5730(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5731Linux :-).
c609719b 5732
a47a12be 5733But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
24ee89b9 5734
2729af9d
WD
5735Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5736include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
1dc30693
MH
5737Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5738and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
6d0f6bcf 5739as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
24ee89b9 5740
2eb31b13
SG
5741Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5742If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5743is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5744doc/driver-model.
5745
c609719b 5746
2729af9d
WD
5747Configuring the Linux kernel:
5748-----------------------------
c609719b 5749
2729af9d
WD
5750No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5751device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5752
5753
5754Building a Linux Image:
5755-----------------------
c609719b 5756
2729af9d
WD
5757With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5758not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5759"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5760U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5761which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5762100% compatible format.
5763
5764Example:
5765
ab584d67 5766 make TQM850L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5767 make oldconfig
5768 make dep
5769 make uImage
5770
5771The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5772encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5773CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5774
5775* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5776
5777* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5778
5779 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5780 -R .note -R .comment \
5781 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5782
5783* compress the binary image:
5784
5785 gzip -9 linux.bin
5786
5787* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5788
5789 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5790 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5791 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
c609719b 5792
c609719b 5793
2729af9d
WD
5794The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5795with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5796combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5797byte header containing information about target architecture,
5798operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5799stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5800
5801"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5802print the header information, or to build new images.
5803
5804In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5805contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5806checksum verification:
c609719b 5807
2729af9d
WD
5808 tools/mkimage -l image
5809 -l ==> list image header information
5810
5811The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5812from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5813
5814 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5815 -n name -d data_file image
5816 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5817 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5818 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5819 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5820 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5821 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5822 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5823 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5824
69459791
WD
5825Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5826address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5827kernel version:
2729af9d
WD
5828
5829- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5830- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5831
5832So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5833
5834 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5835 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5836 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
2729af9d
WD
5837 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5838 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5839 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5840 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5841 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5842 Load Address: 0x00000000
5843 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5844
5845To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5846
5847 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5848 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5849 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5850 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5851 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5852 Load Address: 0x00000000
5853 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5854
5855NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5856speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5857needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5858need to be uncompressed:
5859
a47a12be 5860 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
2729af9d
WD
5861 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5862 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5863 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
2729af9d
WD
5864 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5865 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5866 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5867 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5868 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5869 Load Address: 0x00000000
5870 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5871
5872
5873Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5874when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5875
5876 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5877 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5878 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5879 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5880 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5881 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5882 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5883 Load Address: 0x00000000
5884 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5885
a804b5ce
GMF
5886The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5887option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5888option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5889from the image:
5890
f41f5b7c
GMF
5891 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5892 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5893 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5894 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
a804b5ce 5895
2729af9d
WD
5896
5897Installing a Linux Image:
5898-------------------------
5899
5900To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5901you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5902
5903 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5904
5905The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5906image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5907address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5908specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5909command.
5910
5911Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5912TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5913
5914 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5915
5916 .......... done
5917 Erased 8 sectors
5918
5919 => loads 40100000
5920 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5921 ~>examples/image.srec
5922 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5923 ...
5924 15989 15990 15991 15992
5925 [file transfer complete]
5926 [connected]
5927 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5928
5929
5930You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
218ca724 5931this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
2729af9d
WD
5932corruption happened:
5933
5934 => imi 40100000
5935
5936 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5937 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5938 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5939 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5940 Load Address: 00000000
5941 Entry Point: 0000000c
5942 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5943
5944
5945Boot Linux:
5946-----------
5947
5948The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5949memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5950of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5951parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5952"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5953
5954
5955 => printenv bootargs
5956 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5957
5958 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5959
5960 => printenv bootargs
5961 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5962
5963 => bootm 40020000
5964 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5965 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5966 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5967 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5968 Load Address: 00000000
5969 Entry Point: 0000000c
5970 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5971 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5972 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5973 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5974 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5975 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5976 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5977 ...
5978
11ccc33f 5979If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
2729af9d
WD
5980the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5981format!) to the "bootm" command:
5982
5983 => imi 40100000 40200000
5984
5985 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5986 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5987 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5988 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5989 Load Address: 00000000
5990 Entry Point: 0000000c
5991 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5992
5993 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5994 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5995 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5996 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5997 Load Address: 00000000
5998 Entry Point: 00000000
5999 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6000
6001 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6002 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6003 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6004 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6005 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6006 Load Address: 00000000
6007 Entry Point: 0000000c
6008 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6009 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6010 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6011 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6012 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6013 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6014 Load Address: 00000000
6015 Entry Point: 00000000
6016 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6017 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6018 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6019 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6020 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6021 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6022 ...
6023 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6024 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
6025
6026 bash#
6027
0267768e
MM
6028Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6029-----------
6030
6031First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6032titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6033following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6034flat device tree:
6035
6036=> print oftaddr
6037oftaddr=0x300000
6038=> print oft
6039oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6040=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6041Speed: 1000, full duplex
6042Using TSEC0 device
6043TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6044Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6045Load address: 0x300000
6046Loading: #
6047done
6048Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6049=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6050Speed: 1000, full duplex
6051Using TSEC0 device
6052TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6053Filename 'uImage'.
6054Load address: 0x200000
6055Loading:############
6056done
6057Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6058=> print loadaddr
6059loadaddr=200000
6060=> print oftaddr
6061oftaddr=0x300000
6062=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6063## Booting image at 00200000 ...
a9398e01
WD
6064 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6065 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6066 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
0267768e 6067 Load Address: 00000000
a9398e01 6068 Entry Point: 00000000
0267768e
MM
6069 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6070 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6071Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6072Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6073Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6074[snip]
6075
6076
2729af9d
WD
6077More About U-Boot Image Types:
6078------------------------------
6079
6080U-Boot supports the following image types:
6081
6082 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6083 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6084 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6085 the Standalone Program.
6086 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6087 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6088 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6089 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6090 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6091 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6092 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6093 being started.
6094 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6095 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6096 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6097 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6098 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6099 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
6100
6101 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6102 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6103 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6104 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6105 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6106 a multiple of 4 bytes).
6107
6108 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6109 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6110 flash memory.
6111
6112 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6113 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6114 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6115 as command interpreter.
6116
44f074c7
MV
6117Booting the Linux zImage:
6118-------------------------
6119
6120On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6121using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6122as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6123
8ac28563 6124Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
017e1f3f
MV
6125kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6126address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6127format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6128
2729af9d
WD
6129
6130Standalone HOWTO:
6131=================
6132
6133One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6134run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6135U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
6136
6137Two simple examples are included with the sources:
6138
6139"Hello World" Demo:
6140-------------------
6141
6142'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6143application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6144It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6145like that:
6146
6147 => loads
6148 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6149 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6150 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6151 [file transfer complete]
6152 [connected]
6153 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6154
6155 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6156 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6157 Hello World
6158 argc = 7
6159 argv[0] = "40004"
6160 argv[1] = "Hello"
6161 argv[2] = "World!"
6162 argv[3] = "This"
6163 argv[4] = "is"
6164 argv[5] = "a"
6165 argv[6] = "test."
6166 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6167 Hit any key to exit ...
6168
6169 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6170
6171Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6172handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6173Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6174The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6175character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6176controlled by the following keys:
6177
6178 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6179 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6180 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6181 q - quit application
6182
6183 => loads
6184 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6185 ~>examples/timer.srec
6186 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6187 [file transfer complete]
6188 [connected]
6189 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6190
6191 => go 40004
6192 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6193 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6194 Using timer 1
6195 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
6196
6197Hit 'b':
6198 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6199 Enabling timer
6200Hit '?':
6201 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6202 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6203Hit '?':
6204 [q, b, e, ?] .
6205 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6206Hit '?':
6207 [q, b, e, ?] .
6208 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6209Hit '?':
6210 [q, b, e, ?] .
6211 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6212Hit 'e':
6213 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6214Hit 'q':
6215 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6216
6217
6218Minicom warning:
6219================
6220
6221Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6222"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6223consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6224Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6225especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
e53515a2
KP
6226use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6227http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6228for help with kermit.
6229
2729af9d
WD
6230
6231Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6232configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
6233
6234 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6235 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6236 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
6237
6238
6239NetBSD Notes:
6240=============
6241
6242Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6243(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
6244
6245Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6246NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6247need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6248Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6249attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6250missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
6251
6252 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6253 # mkdir powerpc
6254 # ln -s powerpc machine
6255 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6256 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
6257
6258Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6259and U-Boot include files.
6260
6261Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6262stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6263proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6264tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
2a8af187 6265meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
2729af9d
WD
6266
6267
6268Implementation Internals:
6269=========================
6270
6271The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6272implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6273inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6274hardware.
6275
6276
6277Initial Stack, Global Data:
6278---------------------------
6279
6280The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6281starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6282system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6283This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6284is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6285at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6286options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6287models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6288MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6289locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
6290
218ca724 6291 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
0668236b 6292 U-Boot mailing list:
2729af9d
WD
6293
6294 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6295 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6296 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6297 ...
6298
6299 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6300 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6301 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6302 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6303 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
11ccc33f 6304 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
2729af9d
WD
6305 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6306 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
6307
6308 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6309 is another option for the system designer to use as an
11ccc33f 6310 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
2729af9d
WD
6311 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6312 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6313 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6314 used.
6315
6d0f6bcf 6316 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
2729af9d
WD
6317 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6318 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
8a316c9b 6319 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
2729af9d
WD
6320 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6321 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6322 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6323 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6324 you get the config right.
6325
6326 -Chris Hallinan
6327 DS4.COM, Inc.
6328
6329It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6330code for the initialization procedures:
6331
6332* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6333 to write it.
6334
b445bbb4 6335* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
2729af9d
WD
6336 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6337 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
6338
6339* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6340 that.
6341
6342Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
b445bbb4 6343normal global data to share information between the code. But it
2729af9d
WD
6344turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6345simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6346functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6347functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6348the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6349place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6350reserve for this purpose.
6351
6352When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6353relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6354GCC's implementation.
6355
6356For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6357 R1: stack pointer
e7670f6c 6358 R2: reserved for system use
2729af9d
WD
6359 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6360 R5-R10: parameter passing
6361 R13: small data area pointer
6362 R30: GOT pointer
6363 R31: frame pointer
6364
e6bee808
JT
6365 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6366 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6367 going back and forth between asm and C)
2729af9d 6368
e7670f6c 6369 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
2729af9d
WD
6370
6371 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6372 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6373 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6374 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6375 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6376 624 text + 127 data).
6377
c4db335c 6378On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
4c58eb55
MF
6379 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6380
c4db335c 6381 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
4c58eb55 6382
2729af9d
WD
6383On ARM, the following registers are used:
6384
6385 R0: function argument word/integer result
6386 R1-R3: function argument word
12eba1b4
JH
6387 R9: platform specific
6388 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
2729af9d
WD
6389 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6390 R12: temporary workspace
6391 R13: stack pointer
6392 R14: link register
6393 R15: program counter
6394
12eba1b4
JH
6395 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6396
6397 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
2729af9d 6398
0df01fd3
TC
6399On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6400 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6401
6402 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6403
6404 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6405 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6406
afc1ce82
ML
6407On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6408
6409 R0-R1: argument/return
6410 R2-R5: argument
6411 R15: temporary register for assembler
6412 R16: trampoline register
6413 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6414 R29: global pointer (GP)
6415 R30: link register (LP)
6416 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6417 PC: program counter (PC)
6418
6419 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6420
d87080b7
WD
6421NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6422or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
2729af9d
WD
6423
6424Memory Management:
6425------------------
6426
6427U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6428MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6429
6430The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6431controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6432memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6433physical memory banks.
6434
6435U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6436TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6437booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6438to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6d0f6bcf 6439memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
2729af9d
WD
6440configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6441Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6442
6443Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6444of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6445
6446So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6447this:
6448
6449 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6450 :
6451 0x0000 1FFF
6452 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6453 :
6454 :
6455
6456 :
6457 :
6458 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6459 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6460 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6461 :
6462 0x00FD FFFF
6463 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6464 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6465 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6466 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6467
6468
6469System Initialization:
6470----------------------
c609719b 6471
2729af9d 6472In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
11ccc33f 6473(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
b445bbb4 6474configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
2729af9d
WD
6475To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6476To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6477initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6478which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6479part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6480the caches and the SIU.
6481
6482Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6483preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6484(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6485on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6486programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6487simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6488banks.
6489
6490When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6491different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6492bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64930x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6494contiguous memory starting from 0.
6495
6496Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6497and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6498Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6499pages, and the final stack is set up.
6500
6501Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6502until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6503running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6504new address in RAM.
6505
6506
6507U-Boot Porting Guide:
6508----------------------
c609719b 6509
2729af9d
WD
6510[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6511list, October 2002]
c609719b
WD
6512
6513
6c3fef28 6514int main(int argc, char *argv[])
2729af9d
WD
6515{
6516 sighandler_t no_more_time;
c609719b 6517
6c3fef28
JVB
6518 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6519 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
c609719b 6520
2729af9d 6521 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6c3fef28 6522 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
c609719b
WD
6523 return 0;
6524 }
6525
2729af9d
WD
6526 Download latest U-Boot source;
6527
0668236b 6528 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
2729af9d 6529
6c3fef28
JVB
6530 if (clueless)
6531 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
2729af9d
WD
6532
6533 while (learning) {
6534 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6c3fef28
JVB
6535 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6536 Read applicable doc/*.README;
2729af9d 6537 Read the source, Luke;
6c3fef28 6538 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
2729af9d
WD
6539 }
6540
6c3fef28
JVB
6541 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6542 Buy a BDI3000;
6543 else
2729af9d 6544 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
2729af9d 6545
6c3fef28
JVB
6546 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6547 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6548 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6549 } else {
6550 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6551 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6552 }
6553 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6554 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6555
6556 while (!accepted) {
6557 while (!running) {
6558 do {
6559 Add / modify source code;
6560 } until (compiles);
6561 Debug;
6562 if (clueless)
6563 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6564 }
6565 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6566 if (reasonable critiques)
6567 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6568 else
6569 Defend code as written;
2729af9d 6570 }
2729af9d
WD
6571
6572 return 0;
6573}
6574
6575void no_more_time (int sig)
6576{
6577 hire_a_guru();
6578}
6579
c609719b 6580
2729af9d
WD
6581Coding Standards:
6582-----------------
c609719b 6583
2729af9d 6584All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
2c051651 6585coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
7ca9296e 6586"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
2c051651
DZ
6587
6588Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6589MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
b445bbb4 6590reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
2c051651
DZ
6591sources.
6592
6593Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6594Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6595in your code.
c609719b 6596
2729af9d
WD
6597Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6598- remove any trailing white space
7ca9296e 6599- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
2729af9d 6600- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
7ca9296e 6601- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
2729af9d 6602- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
180d3f74 6603
2729af9d
WD
6604Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6605with a request to reformat the changes.
c609719b
WD
6606
6607
2729af9d
WD
6608Submitting Patches:
6609-------------------
c609719b 6610
2729af9d
WD
6611Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6612establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6613may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
c609719b 6614
0d28f34b 6615Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
218ca724 6616
0668236b
WD
6617Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6618see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6619
2729af9d
WD
6620When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6621it:
c609719b 6622
2729af9d
WD
6623* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6624 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6625 patch actually fixes something.
c609719b 6626
2729af9d
WD
6627* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6628 implementation.
c609719b 6629
2729af9d 6630* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
c609719b 6631
2729af9d 6632* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
c609719b 6633
27af930e
AA
6634* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6635 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
c609719b 6636
2729af9d
WD
6637* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6638 document these in the README file.
c609719b 6639
218ca724
WD
6640* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6641 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
7ca9296e 6642 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
218ca724
WD
6643 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6644 with some other mail clients.
6645
6646 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6647 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6648 GNU diff.
c609719b 6649
218ca724
WD
6650 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6651 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6652 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6653 affected files).
6dff5529 6654
218ca724
WD
6655 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6656 and compressed attachments must not be used.
c609719b 6657
2729af9d
WD
6658* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6659 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
52f52c14 6660
2729af9d
WD
6661* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6662 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
8bde7f77 6663
52f52c14 6664
2729af9d 6665Notes:
c609719b 6666
2729af9d
WD
6667* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6668 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6669 for any of the boards.
c609719b 6670
2729af9d
WD
6671* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6672 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6673 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
c609719b 6674
2729af9d
WD
6675* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6676 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6677 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6678 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6679 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6680 modification.
90dc6704 6681
0668236b
WD
6682* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6683 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6684 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6685 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.